elf.c revision 1.1.1.2
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD. 2 3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 5 6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. 7 8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or 11 (at your option) any later version. 12 13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 16 GNU General Public License for more details. 17 18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, 21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */ 22 23 24 /* 25 SECTION 26 ELF backends 27 28 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. 29 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 30 (running svr4 or Solaris 2). 31 32 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs 33 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we 34 haven't bothered yet. */ 35 36 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ 37 #define _SYSCALL32 38 #include "sysdep.h" 39 #include "bfd.h" 40 #include "bfdlink.h" 41 #include "libbfd.h" 42 #define ARCH_SIZE 0 43 #include "elf-bfd.h" 44 #include "libiberty.h" 45 #include "safe-ctype.h" 46 47 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); 48 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); 49 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *); 50 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ; 51 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ; 52 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, 53 file_ptr offset); 54 55 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is 56 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will 57 need to move into elfcode.h. */ 58 59 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ 60 61 void 62 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, 63 const Elf_External_Verdef *src, 64 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) 65 { 66 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); 67 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); 68 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); 69 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); 70 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); 71 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); 72 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); 73 } 74 75 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ 76 77 void 78 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, 79 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, 80 Elf_External_Verdef *dst) 81 { 82 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); 83 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); 84 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); 85 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); 86 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); 87 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); 88 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); 89 } 90 91 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ 92 93 void 94 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, 95 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, 96 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) 97 { 98 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); 99 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); 100 } 101 102 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ 103 104 void 105 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, 106 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, 107 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) 108 { 109 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); 110 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); 111 } 112 113 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ 114 115 void 116 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, 117 const Elf_External_Verneed *src, 118 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) 119 { 120 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); 121 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); 122 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); 123 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); 124 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); 125 } 126 127 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ 128 129 void 130 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, 131 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, 132 Elf_External_Verneed *dst) 133 { 134 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); 135 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); 136 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); 137 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); 138 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); 139 } 140 141 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ 142 143 void 144 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, 145 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, 146 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) 147 { 148 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); 149 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); 150 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); 151 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); 152 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); 153 } 154 155 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ 156 157 void 158 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, 159 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, 160 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) 161 { 162 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); 163 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); 164 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); 165 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); 166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); 167 } 168 169 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ 170 171 void 172 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, 173 const Elf_External_Versym *src, 174 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) 175 { 176 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); 177 } 178 179 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ 180 181 void 182 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, 183 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, 184 Elf_External_Versym *dst) 185 { 186 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); 187 } 188 189 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will 190 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ 191 192 unsigned long 193 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) 194 { 195 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; 196 unsigned long h = 0; 197 unsigned long g; 198 int ch; 199 200 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') 201 { 202 h = (h << 4) + ch; 203 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) 204 { 205 h ^= g >> 24; 206 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in 207 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ 208 h ^= g; 209 } 210 } 211 return h & 0xffffffff; 212 } 213 214 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will 215 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ 216 217 unsigned long 218 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg) 219 { 220 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; 221 unsigned long h = 5381; 222 unsigned char ch; 223 224 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') 225 h = (h << 5) + h + ch; 226 return h & 0xffffffff; 227 } 228 229 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with 230 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */ 231 bfd_boolean 232 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd, 233 size_t object_size, 234 enum elf_object_id object_id) 235 { 236 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); 237 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size); 238 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL) 239 return FALSE; 240 241 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id; 242 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1; 243 return TRUE; 244 } 245 246 247 bfd_boolean 248 bfd_elf_make_generic_object (bfd *abfd) 249 { 250 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata), 251 GENERIC_ELF_TDATA); 252 } 253 254 bfd_boolean 255 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) 256 { 257 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ 258 return bfd_elf_make_generic_object (abfd); 259 } 260 261 char * 262 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) 263 { 264 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; 265 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL; 266 file_ptr offset; 267 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; 268 269 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); 270 if (i_shdrp == 0 271 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd) 272 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) 273 return NULL; 274 275 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; 276 if (shstrtab == NULL) 277 { 278 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ 279 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; 280 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; 281 282 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes 283 in case the string table is not terminated. */ 284 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1 285 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL 286 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) 287 shstrtab = NULL; 288 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize) 289 { 290 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) 291 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); 292 shstrtab = NULL; 293 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep 294 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for 295 the string table over and over. */ 296 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0; 297 } 298 else 299 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0'; 300 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; 301 } 302 return (char *) shstrtab; 303 } 304 305 char * 306 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, 307 unsigned int shindex, 308 unsigned int strindex) 309 { 310 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 311 312 if (strindex == 0) 313 return ""; 314 315 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) 316 return NULL; 317 318 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; 319 320 if (hdr->contents == NULL 321 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) 322 return NULL; 323 324 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) 325 { 326 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx; 327 (*_bfd_error_handler) 328 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), 329 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, 330 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name 331 ? ".shstrtab" 332 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); 333 return ""; 334 } 335 336 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; 337 } 338 339 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format. 340 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from 341 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF 342 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external 343 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. 344 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary) 345 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */ 346 347 Elf_Internal_Sym * 348 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, 349 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, 350 size_t symcount, 351 size_t symoffset, 352 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, 353 void *extsym_buf, 354 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) 355 { 356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; 357 void *alloc_ext; 358 const bfd_byte *esym; 359 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; 360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; 361 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym; 362 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 363 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; 364 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 365 size_t extsym_size; 366 bfd_size_type amt; 367 file_ptr pos; 368 369 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 370 abort (); 371 372 if (symcount == 0) 373 return intsym_buf; 374 375 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ 376 shndx_hdr = NULL; 377 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr) 378 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; 379 380 /* Read the symbols. */ 381 alloc_ext = NULL; 382 alloc_extshndx = NULL; 383 alloc_intsym = NULL; 384 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); 385 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; 386 amt = symcount * extsym_size; 387 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; 388 if (extsym_buf == NULL) 389 { 390 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size); 391 extsym_buf = alloc_ext; 392 } 393 if (extsym_buf == NULL 394 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 395 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) 396 { 397 intsym_buf = NULL; 398 goto out; 399 } 400 401 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) 402 extshndx_buf = NULL; 403 else 404 { 405 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 406 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 407 if (extshndx_buf == NULL) 408 { 409 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, 410 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); 411 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; 412 } 413 if (extshndx_buf == NULL 414 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 415 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) 416 { 417 intsym_buf = NULL; 418 goto out; 419 } 420 } 421 422 if (intsym_buf == NULL) 423 { 424 alloc_intsym = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)); 425 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym; 426 if (intsym_buf == NULL) 427 goto out; 428 } 429 430 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ 431 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; 432 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf; 433 isym < isymend; 434 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL) 435 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym)) 436 { 437 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size; 438 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references " 439 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"), 440 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset); 441 if (alloc_intsym != NULL) 442 free (alloc_intsym); 443 intsym_buf = NULL; 444 goto out; 445 } 446 447 out: 448 if (alloc_ext != NULL) 449 free (alloc_ext); 450 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL) 451 free (alloc_extshndx); 452 453 return intsym_buf; 454 } 455 456 /* Look up a symbol name. */ 457 const char * 458 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd, 459 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, 460 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, 461 asection *sym_sec) 462 { 463 const char *name; 464 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; 465 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link; 466 467 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION 468 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */ 469 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)) 470 { 471 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; 472 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx; 473 } 474 475 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); 476 if (name == NULL) 477 name = "(null)"; 478 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0') 479 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec); 480 481 return name; 482 } 483 484 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP 485 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section 486 pointers. */ 487 488 typedef union elf_internal_group { 489 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; 490 unsigned int flags; 491 } Elf_Internal_Group; 492 493 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the 494 signature just a string? */ 495 496 static const char * 497 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) 498 { 499 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 500 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; 501 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; 502 Elf_Internal_Sym isym; 503 504 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure 505 that it is a symbol table section. */ 506 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd)) 507 return NULL; 508 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link]; 509 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB 510 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) 511 return NULL; 512 513 /* Go read the symbol. */ 514 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 515 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, 516 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) 517 return NULL; 518 519 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL); 520 } 521 522 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ 523 524 static bfd_boolean 525 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) 526 { 527 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; 528 529 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count 530 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ 531 if (num_group == 0) 532 { 533 unsigned int i, shnum; 534 535 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP 536 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ 537 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd); 538 num_group = 0; 539 540 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \ 541 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \ 542 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \ 543 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \ 544 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0) 545 546 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) 547 { 548 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; 549 550 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr)) 551 num_group += 1; 552 } 553 554 if (num_group == 0) 555 { 556 num_group = (unsigned) -1; 557 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; 558 } 559 else 560 { 561 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, 562 so we can find them quickly. */ 563 bfd_size_type amt; 564 565 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; 566 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr 567 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); 568 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) 569 return FALSE; 570 571 num_group = 0; 572 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) 573 { 574 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; 575 576 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr)) 577 { 578 unsigned char *src; 579 Elf_Internal_Group *dest; 580 581 /* Add to list of sections. */ 582 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; 583 num_group += 1; 584 585 /* Read the raw contents. */ 586 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4); 587 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; 588 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, 589 sizeof (*dest) / 4); 590 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */ 591 if (shdr->contents == NULL) 592 { 593 _bfd_error_handler 594 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size); 595 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 596 return FALSE; 597 } 598 599 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt); 600 601 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 602 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) 603 != shdr->sh_size)) 604 return FALSE; 605 606 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an 607 array of elf section indices all in target byte order, 608 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section 609 pointers. */ 610 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; 611 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); 612 while (1) 613 { 614 unsigned int idx; 615 616 src -= 4; 617 --dest; 618 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); 619 if (src == shdr->contents) 620 { 621 dest->flags = idx; 622 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT)) 623 shdr->bfd_section->flags 624 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; 625 break; 626 } 627 if (idx >= shnum) 628 { 629 ((*_bfd_error_handler) 630 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd)); 631 idx = 0; 632 } 633 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; 634 } 635 } 636 } 637 } 638 } 639 640 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) 641 { 642 unsigned int i; 643 644 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) 645 { 646 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; 647 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; 648 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; 649 650 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current 651 section is a member. */ 652 while (--n_elt != 0) 653 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) 654 { 655 asection *s = NULL; 656 657 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through 658 other members to see if any others are linked via 659 next_in_group. */ 660 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; 661 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; 662 while (--n_elt != 0) 663 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL 664 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) 665 break; 666 if (n_elt != 0) 667 { 668 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and 669 insert current section in circular list. */ 670 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s); 671 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s); 672 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect; 673 } 674 else 675 { 676 const char *gname; 677 678 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); 679 if (gname == NULL) 680 return FALSE; 681 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname; 682 683 /* Start a circular list with one element. */ 684 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect; 685 } 686 687 /* If the group section has been created, point to the 688 new member. */ 689 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) 690 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect; 691 692 i = num_group - 1; 693 break; 694 } 695 } 696 } 697 698 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL) 699 { 700 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"), 701 abfd, newsect); 702 } 703 return TRUE; 704 } 705 706 bfd_boolean 707 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd) 708 { 709 unsigned int i; 710 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; 711 bfd_boolean result = TRUE; 712 asection *s; 713 714 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ 715 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 716 { 717 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr; 718 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) 719 { 720 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link; 721 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may 722 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could 723 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */ 724 if (elfsec == 0) 725 { 726 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 727 if (bed->link_order_error_handler) 728 bed->link_order_error_handler 729 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), 730 abfd, s); 731 } 732 else 733 { 734 asection *link = NULL; 735 736 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd)) 737 { 738 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]; 739 link = this_hdr->bfd_section; 740 } 741 742 /* PR 1991, 2008: 743 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in 744 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */ 745 if (link == NULL) 746 { 747 (*_bfd_error_handler) 748 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"), 749 s->owner, s, elfsec); 750 result = FALSE; 751 } 752 753 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link; 754 } 755 } 756 } 757 758 /* Process section groups. */ 759 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1) 760 return result; 761 762 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) 763 { 764 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; 765 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; 766 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; 767 768 while (--n_elt != 0) 769 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) 770 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section; 771 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA 772 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL) 773 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in 774 output object files. We adjust the group section size here 775 so that relocatable link will work correctly when 776 relocation sections are in section group in input object 777 files. */ 778 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4; 779 else 780 { 781 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */ 782 (*_bfd_error_handler) 783 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"), 784 abfd, 785 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type, 786 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, 787 (elf_elfheader (abfd) 788 ->e_shstrndx), 789 idx->shdr->sh_name), 790 shdr->bfd_section->name); 791 result = FALSE; 792 } 793 } 794 return result; 795 } 796 797 bfd_boolean 798 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec) 799 { 800 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL; 801 } 802 803 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the 804 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ 805 806 bfd_boolean 807 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, 808 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, 809 const char *name, 810 int shindex) 811 { 812 asection *newsect; 813 flagword flags; 814 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 815 816 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) 817 { 818 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name, 819 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0); 820 return TRUE; 821 } 822 823 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); 824 if (newsect == NULL) 825 return FALSE; 826 827 hdr->bfd_section = newsect; 828 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; 829 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex; 830 831 /* Always use the real type/flags. */ 832 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type; 833 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags; 834 835 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; 836 837 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr) 838 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) 839 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect, 840 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign))) 841 return FALSE; 842 843 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; 844 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 845 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 846 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) 847 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE; 848 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) 849 { 850 flags |= SEC_ALLOC; 851 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 852 flags |= SEC_LOAD; 853 } 854 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) 855 flags |= SEC_READONLY; 856 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) 857 flags |= SEC_CODE; 858 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 859 flags |= SEC_DATA; 860 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) 861 { 862 flags |= SEC_MERGE; 863 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; 864 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) 865 flags |= SEC_STRINGS; 866 } 867 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) 868 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) 869 return FALSE; 870 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0) 871 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL; 872 873 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) 874 { 875 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, 876 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */ 877 static const struct 878 { 879 const char *name; 880 int len; 881 } debug_sections [] = 882 { 883 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */ 884 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */ 885 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */ 886 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */ 887 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */ 888 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */ 889 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */ 890 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */ 891 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */ 892 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */ 893 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */ 894 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */ 895 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */ 896 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */ 897 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */ 898 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") }, /* 's' */ 899 { NULL, 0 }, /* 't' */ 900 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'u' */ 901 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'v' */ 902 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'w' */ 903 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'x' */ 904 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'y' */ 905 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("zdebug") } /* 'z' */ 906 }; 907 908 if (name [0] == '.') 909 { 910 int i = name [1] - 'd'; 911 if (i >= 0 912 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections) 913 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL 914 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name, 915 debug_sections [i].len) == 0) 916 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; 917 } 918 } 919 920 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we 921 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support 922 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. 923 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions 924 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard 925 all but one of the sections. */ 926 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce") 927 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL) 928 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; 929 930 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 931 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) 932 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) 933 return FALSE; 934 935 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) 936 return FALSE; 937 938 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the 939 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted. 940 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */ 941 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE) 942 { 943 bfd_byte *contents; 944 945 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents)) 946 return FALSE; 947 948 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1); 949 free (contents); 950 } 951 952 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 953 { 954 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; 955 unsigned int i, nload; 956 957 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header 958 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than 959 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma 960 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */ 961 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; 962 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) 963 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) 964 break; 965 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0) 966 ++nload; 967 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1) 968 return TRUE; 969 970 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; 971 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) 972 { 973 /* This section is part of this segment if its file 974 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory 975 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the 976 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment. 977 978 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and 979 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong 980 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can 981 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM, 982 place special significance on the address 0 and 983 executables need to be able to have a segment which 984 covers this address. */ 985 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD 986 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset 987 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size 988 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz) 989 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0 990 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size 991 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz))) 992 { 993 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) 994 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr 995 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr); 996 else 997 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD 998 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment 999 is packed with code from multiple VMAs. 1000 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on 1001 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the 1002 segment will contain sections with contiguous 1003 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ 1004 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr 1005 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset); 1006 1007 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file 1008 offsets whether a section with zero size should 1009 be placed at the end of one segment or the 1010 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ 1011 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr 1012 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size 1013 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) 1014 break; 1015 } 1016 } 1017 } 1018 1019 return TRUE; 1020 } 1021 1022 /* 1023 INTERNAL_FUNCTION 1024 bfd_elf_find_section 1025 1026 SYNOPSIS 1027 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name); 1028 1029 DESCRIPTION 1030 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables. 1031 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an 1032 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular, 1033 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary 1034 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some. 1035 */ 1036 1037 struct elf_internal_shdr * 1038 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name) 1039 { 1040 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; 1041 char *shstrtab; 1042 unsigned int max; 1043 unsigned int i; 1044 1045 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); 1046 if (i_shdrp != NULL) 1047 { 1048 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, 1049 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx); 1050 if (shstrtab != NULL) 1051 { 1052 max = elf_numsections (abfd); 1053 for (i = 1; i < max; i++) 1054 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name)) 1055 return i_shdrp[i]; 1056 } 1057 } 1058 return 0; 1059 } 1060 1061 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { 1062 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", 1063 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", 1064 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", 1065 }; 1066 1067 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable 1068 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing 1069 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also 1070 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to 1071 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will 1072 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code 1073 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto 1074 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing 1075 relocatable output against an external symbol. */ 1076 1077 bfd_reloc_status_type 1078 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1079 arelent *reloc_entry, 1080 asymbol *symbol, 1081 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1082 asection *input_section, 1083 bfd *output_bfd, 1084 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1085 { 1086 if (output_bfd != NULL 1087 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 1088 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace 1089 || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) 1090 { 1091 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 1092 return bfd_reloc_ok; 1093 } 1094 1095 return bfd_reloc_continue; 1096 } 1097 1098 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to 1100 another. */ 1101 1102 bfd_boolean 1103 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 1104 { 1105 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour 1106 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 1107 return TRUE; 1108 1109 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd) 1110 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags 1111 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags)); 1112 1113 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd); 1114 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; 1115 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; 1116 1117 /* Copy object attributes. */ 1118 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); 1119 1120 return TRUE; 1121 } 1122 1123 static const char * 1124 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type) 1125 { 1126 const char *pt; 1127 switch (p_type) 1128 { 1129 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; 1130 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; 1131 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; 1132 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; 1133 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; 1134 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; 1135 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; 1136 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break; 1137 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; 1138 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break; 1139 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break; 1140 default: pt = NULL; break; 1141 } 1142 return pt; 1143 } 1144 1145 /* Print out the program headers. */ 1146 1147 bfd_boolean 1148 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) 1149 { 1150 FILE *f = farg; 1151 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; 1152 asection *s; 1153 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; 1154 1155 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; 1156 if (p != NULL) 1157 { 1158 unsigned int i, c; 1159 1160 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); 1161 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; 1162 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) 1163 { 1164 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type); 1165 char buf[20]; 1166 1167 if (pt == NULL) 1168 { 1169 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); 1170 pt = buf; 1171 } 1172 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); 1173 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); 1174 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); 1175 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); 1176 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); 1177 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); 1178 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); 1179 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); 1180 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); 1181 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); 1182 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); 1183 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", 1184 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', 1185 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', 1186 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); 1187 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) 1188 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); 1189 fprintf (f, "\n"); 1190 } 1191 } 1192 1193 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 1194 if (s != NULL) 1195 { 1196 unsigned int elfsec; 1197 unsigned long shlink; 1198 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; 1199 size_t extdynsize; 1200 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); 1201 1202 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); 1203 1204 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) 1205 goto error_return; 1206 1207 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); 1208 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD) 1209 goto error_return; 1210 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; 1211 1212 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; 1213 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; 1214 1215 extdyn = dynbuf; 1216 extdynend = extdyn + s->size; 1217 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) 1218 { 1219 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 1220 const char *name = ""; 1221 char ab[20]; 1222 bfd_boolean stringp; 1223 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 1224 1225 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); 1226 1227 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) 1228 break; 1229 1230 stringp = FALSE; 1231 switch (dyn.d_tag) 1232 { 1233 default: 1234 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) 1235 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag); 1236 1237 if (!strcmp (name, "")) 1238 { 1239 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); 1240 name = ab; 1241 } 1242 break; 1243 1244 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1245 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; 1246 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; 1247 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; 1248 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; 1249 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; 1250 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; 1251 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; 1252 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; 1253 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; 1254 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; 1255 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; 1256 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; 1257 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1258 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1259 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; 1260 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; 1261 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; 1262 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; 1263 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; 1264 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; 1265 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; 1266 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; 1267 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; 1268 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; 1269 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; 1270 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; 1271 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; 1272 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1273 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; 1274 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; 1275 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; 1276 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; 1277 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; 1278 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; 1279 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; 1280 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; 1281 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; 1282 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; 1283 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; 1284 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1285 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1286 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1287 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; 1288 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; 1289 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; 1290 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; 1291 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; 1292 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; 1293 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; 1294 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; 1295 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; 1296 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; 1297 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; 1298 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1299 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; 1300 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break; 1301 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break; 1302 } 1303 1304 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name); 1305 if (! stringp) 1306 { 1307 fprintf (f, "0x"); 1308 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val); 1309 } 1310 else 1311 { 1312 const char *string; 1313 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; 1314 1315 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); 1316 if (string == NULL) 1317 goto error_return; 1318 fprintf (f, "%s", string); 1319 } 1320 fprintf (f, "\n"); 1321 } 1322 1323 free (dynbuf); 1324 dynbuf = NULL; 1325 } 1326 1327 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) 1328 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) 1329 { 1330 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE)) 1331 return FALSE; 1332 } 1333 1334 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) 1335 { 1336 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; 1337 1338 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); 1339 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) 1340 { 1341 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, 1342 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, 1343 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>"); 1344 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) 1345 { 1346 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; 1347 1348 fprintf (f, "\t"); 1349 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; 1350 a != NULL; 1351 a = a->vda_nextptr) 1352 fprintf (f, "%s ", 1353 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>"); 1354 fprintf (f, "\n"); 1355 } 1356 } 1357 } 1358 1359 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) 1360 { 1361 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; 1362 1363 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); 1364 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) 1365 { 1366 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; 1367 1368 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), 1369 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>"); 1370 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) 1371 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, 1372 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, 1373 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>"); 1374 } 1375 } 1376 1377 return TRUE; 1378 1379 error_return: 1380 if (dynbuf != NULL) 1381 free (dynbuf); 1382 return FALSE; 1383 } 1384 1385 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ 1386 1387 void 1388 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, 1389 void *filep, 1390 asymbol *symbol, 1391 bfd_print_symbol_type how) 1392 { 1393 FILE *file = filep; 1394 switch (how) 1395 { 1396 case bfd_print_symbol_name: 1397 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); 1398 break; 1399 case bfd_print_symbol_more: 1400 fprintf (file, "elf "); 1401 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); 1402 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags); 1403 break; 1404 case bfd_print_symbol_all: 1405 { 1406 const char *section_name; 1407 const char *name = NULL; 1408 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 1409 unsigned char st_other; 1410 bfd_vma val; 1411 1412 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; 1413 1414 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 1415 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) 1416 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); 1417 1418 if (name == NULL) 1419 { 1420 name = symbol->name; 1421 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); 1422 } 1423 1424 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); 1425 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, 1426 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. 1427 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and 1428 we've printed the address; now print the size. */ 1429 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) 1430 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; 1431 else 1432 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; 1433 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); 1434 1435 /* If we have version information, print it. */ 1436 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0 1437 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0 1438 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0)) 1439 { 1440 unsigned int vernum; 1441 const char *version_string; 1442 1443 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION; 1444 1445 if (vernum == 0) 1446 version_string = ""; 1447 else if (vernum == 1) 1448 version_string = "Base"; 1449 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) 1450 version_string = 1451 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; 1452 else 1453 { 1454 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; 1455 1456 version_string = ""; 1457 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; 1458 t != NULL; 1459 t = t->vn_nextref) 1460 { 1461 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; 1462 1463 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) 1464 { 1465 if (a->vna_other == vernum) 1466 { 1467 version_string = a->vna_nodename; 1468 break; 1469 } 1470 } 1471 } 1472 } 1473 1474 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0) 1475 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); 1476 else 1477 { 1478 int i; 1479 1480 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); 1481 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) 1482 putc (' ', file); 1483 } 1484 } 1485 1486 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ 1487 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; 1488 1489 switch (st_other) 1490 { 1491 case 0: break; 1492 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; 1493 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; 1494 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; 1495 default: 1496 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print 1497 everything hex. */ 1498 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); 1499 } 1500 1501 fprintf (file, " %s", name); 1502 } 1503 break; 1504 } 1505 } 1506 1507 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ 1508 1509 struct bfd_strtab_hash * 1510 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void) 1511 { 1512 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; 1513 1514 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); 1515 if (ret != NULL) 1516 { 1517 bfd_size_type loc; 1518 1519 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE); 1520 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); 1521 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) 1522 { 1523 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); 1524 ret = NULL; 1525 } 1526 } 1527 return ret; 1528 } 1529 1530 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ 1532 1533 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ 1534 1535 bfd_boolean 1536 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) 1537 { 1538 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 1539 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr; 1540 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 1541 const char *name; 1542 1543 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) 1544 return FALSE; 1545 1546 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; 1547 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); 1548 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx, 1549 hdr->sh_name); 1550 if (name == NULL) 1551 return FALSE; 1552 1553 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 1554 switch (hdr->sh_type) 1555 { 1556 case SHT_NULL: 1557 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ 1558 return TRUE; 1559 1560 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ 1561 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ 1562 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ 1563 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ 1564 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */ 1565 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */ 1566 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */ 1567 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */ 1568 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */ 1569 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1570 1571 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ 1572 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1573 return FALSE; 1574 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd) 1575 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL) 1576 return FALSE; 1577 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB) 1578 { 1579 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; 1580 1581 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus 1582 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the 1583 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ 1584 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) 1585 { 1586 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]; 1587 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; 1588 } 1589 else 1590 { 1591 unsigned int i, num_sec; 1592 1593 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 1594 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) 1595 { 1596 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; 1597 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) 1598 { 1599 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; 1600 break; 1601 } 1602 } 1603 } 1604 } 1605 break; 1606 1607 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ 1608 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) 1609 return TRUE; 1610 1611 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) 1612 return FALSE; 1613 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) 1614 return FALSE; 1615 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); 1616 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; 1617 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; 1618 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 1619 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; 1620 1621 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If 1622 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also 1623 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the 1624 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes 1625 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the 1626 linker. */ 1627 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 1628 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 1629 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, 1630 shindex)) 1631 return FALSE; 1632 1633 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we 1634 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It 1635 is most likely specified by the next section header. */ 1636 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex) 1637 { 1638 unsigned int i, num_sec; 1639 1640 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 1641 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++) 1642 { 1643 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; 1644 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX 1645 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) 1646 break; 1647 } 1648 if (i == num_sec) 1649 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++) 1650 { 1651 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; 1652 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX 1653 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) 1654 break; 1655 } 1656 if (i != shindex) 1657 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i); 1658 } 1659 return TRUE; 1660 1661 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ 1662 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) 1663 return TRUE; 1664 1665 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) 1666 return FALSE; 1667 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); 1668 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; 1669 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; 1670 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; 1671 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; 1672 1673 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular 1674 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ 1675 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1676 1677 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */ 1678 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex) 1679 return TRUE; 1680 1681 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0); 1682 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex; 1683 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr; 1684 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; 1685 return TRUE; 1686 1687 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ 1688 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) 1689 return TRUE; 1690 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) 1691 { 1692 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; 1693 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; 1694 return TRUE; 1695 } 1696 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) 1697 { 1698 symtab_strtab: 1699 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; 1700 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; 1701 return TRUE; 1702 } 1703 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) 1704 { 1705 dynsymtab_strtab: 1706 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; 1707 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; 1708 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr; 1709 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy 1710 can handle it. */ 1711 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, 1712 shindex); 1713 } 1714 1715 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a 1716 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure, 1717 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */ 1718 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) 1719 { 1720 unsigned int i, num_sec; 1721 1722 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 1723 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) 1724 { 1725 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; 1726 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) 1727 { 1728 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */ 1729 if (i == shindex) 1730 return FALSE; 1731 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) 1732 return FALSE; 1733 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) 1734 goto symtab_strtab; 1735 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) 1736 goto dynsymtab_strtab; 1737 } 1738 } 1739 } 1740 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1741 1742 case SHT_REL: 1743 case SHT_RELA: 1744 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ 1745 { 1746 asection *target_sect; 1747 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; 1748 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 1749 1750 if (hdr->sh_entsize 1751 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL 1752 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela)) 1753 return FALSE; 1754 1755 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ 1756 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) 1757 { 1758 ((*_bfd_error_handler) 1759 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), 1760 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); 1761 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, 1762 shindex); 1763 } 1764 1765 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes 1766 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have 1767 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just 1768 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use 1769 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only 1770 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point 1771 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */ 1772 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB 1773 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) 1774 { 1775 unsigned int scan; 1776 int found; 1777 1778 found = 0; 1779 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) 1780 { 1781 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB 1782 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) 1783 { 1784 if (found != 0) 1785 { 1786 found = 0; 1787 break; 1788 } 1789 found = scan; 1790 } 1791 } 1792 if (found != 0) 1793 hdr->sh_link = found; 1794 } 1795 1796 /* Get the symbol table. */ 1797 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB 1798 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) 1799 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) 1800 return FALSE; 1801 1802 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we 1803 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately 1804 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't 1805 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also 1806 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null 1807 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */ 1808 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) 1809 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF 1810 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec 1811 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL 1812 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA) 1813 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, 1814 shindex); 1815 1816 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) 1817 return FALSE; 1818 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); 1819 if (target_sect == NULL) 1820 return FALSE; 1821 1822 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 1823 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0) 1824 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr; 1825 else 1826 { 1827 bfd_size_type amt; 1828 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL); 1829 amt = sizeof (*hdr2); 1830 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 1831 if (hdr2 == NULL) 1832 return FALSE; 1833 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2; 1834 } 1835 *hdr2 = *hdr; 1836 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; 1837 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); 1838 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; 1839 target_sect->relocation = NULL; 1840 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; 1841 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether 1842 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ 1843 if (hdr->sh_size != 0) 1844 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA; 1845 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; 1846 return TRUE; 1847 } 1848 1849 case SHT_GNU_verdef: 1850 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; 1851 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; 1852 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1853 1854 case SHT_GNU_versym: 1855 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym)) 1856 return FALSE; 1857 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; 1858 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; 1859 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1860 1861 case SHT_GNU_verneed: 1862 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; 1863 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; 1864 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1865 1866 case SHT_SHLIB: 1867 return TRUE; 1868 1869 case SHT_GROUP: 1870 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr)) 1871 return FALSE; 1872 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1873 return FALSE; 1874 if (hdr->contents != NULL) 1875 { 1876 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; 1877 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; 1878 asection *s; 1879 1880 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT) 1881 hdr->bfd_section->flags 1882 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; 1883 1884 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */ 1885 idx += n_elt; 1886 while (--n_elt != 0) 1887 { 1888 --idx; 1889 1890 if (idx->shdr != NULL 1891 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL 1892 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) 1893 { 1894 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s; 1895 break; 1896 } 1897 } 1898 } 1899 break; 1900 1901 default: 1902 /* Possibly an attributes section. */ 1903 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES 1904 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type) 1905 { 1906 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1907 return FALSE; 1908 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr); 1909 return TRUE; 1910 } 1911 1912 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ 1913 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1914 return TRUE; 1915 1916 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER) 1917 { 1918 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) 1919 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved 1920 for applications? */ 1921 (*_bfd_error_handler) 1922 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application " 1923 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"), 1924 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); 1925 else 1926 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */ 1927 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, 1928 shindex); 1929 } 1930 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC 1931 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC) 1932 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ 1933 (*_bfd_error_handler) 1934 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section " 1935 "`%s' [0x%8x]"), 1936 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); 1937 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS) 1938 { 1939 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */ 1940 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0) 1941 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is 1942 required to correctly process the section and the file should 1943 be rejected with an error message. */ 1944 (*_bfd_error_handler) 1945 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section " 1946 "`%s' [0x%8x]"), 1947 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); 1948 else 1949 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */ 1950 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); 1951 } 1952 else 1953 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ 1954 (*_bfd_error_handler) 1955 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"), 1956 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); 1957 1958 return FALSE; 1959 } 1960 1961 return TRUE; 1962 } 1963 1964 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. 1965 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */ 1966 1967 asection * 1968 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd, 1969 struct sym_sec_cache *cache, 1970 asection *sec, 1971 unsigned long r_symndx) 1972 { 1973 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE; 1974 asection *s; 1975 1976 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx) 1977 { 1978 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 1979 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; 1980 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; 1981 Elf_Internal_Sym isym; 1982 1983 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 1984 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, 1985 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) 1986 return NULL; 1987 1988 if (cache->abfd != abfd) 1989 { 1990 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); 1991 cache->abfd = abfd; 1992 } 1993 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; 1994 cache->shndx[ent] = isym.st_shndx; 1995 } 1996 1997 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, cache->shndx[ent]); 1998 if (s != NULL) 1999 return s; 2000 2001 return sec; 2002 } 2003 2004 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD 2005 section. */ 2006 2007 asection * 2008 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index) 2009 { 2010 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd)) 2011 return NULL; 2012 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section; 2013 } 2014 2015 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] = 2016 { 2017 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2018 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2019 }; 2020 2021 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] = 2022 { 2023 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2024 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2025 }; 2026 2027 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] = 2028 { 2029 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2030 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2031 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2032 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2033 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2034 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2035 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2036 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC }, 2037 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC }, 2038 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC }, 2039 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2040 }; 2041 2042 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] = 2043 { 2044 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 2045 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2046 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2047 }; 2048 2049 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] = 2050 { 2051 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2052 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2053 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 }, 2054 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 }, 2055 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 }, 2056 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC }, 2057 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC }, 2058 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, 2059 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2060 }; 2061 2062 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] = 2063 { 2064 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, 2065 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2066 }; 2067 2068 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] = 2069 { 2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2072 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2073 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2074 }; 2075 2076 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] = 2077 { 2078 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2079 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2080 }; 2081 2082 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] = 2083 { 2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, 2086 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2087 }; 2088 2089 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] = 2090 { 2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 2092 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 2093 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2094 }; 2095 2096 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] = 2097 { 2098 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 2099 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 2100 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 }, 2101 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 }, 2102 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2103 }; 2104 2105 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] = 2106 { 2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, 2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, 2109 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 }, 2110 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of 2111 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */ 2112 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, 2113 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2114 }; 2115 2116 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] = 2117 { 2118 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 2119 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, 2120 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, 2121 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2122 }; 2123 2124 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] = 2125 { 2126 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2127 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2128 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2129 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, 2130 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 2131 }; 2132 2133 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] = 2134 { 2135 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */ 2136 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */ 2137 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */ 2138 NULL, /* 'e' */ 2139 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */ 2140 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */ 2141 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */ 2142 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */ 2143 NULL, /* 'j' */ 2144 NULL, /* 'k' */ 2145 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */ 2146 NULL, /* 'm' */ 2147 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */ 2148 NULL, /* 'o' */ 2149 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */ 2150 NULL, /* 'q' */ 2151 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */ 2152 special_sections_s, /* 's' */ 2153 special_sections_t, /* 't' */ 2154 NULL, /* 'u' */ 2155 NULL, /* 'v' */ 2156 NULL, /* 'w' */ 2157 NULL, /* 'x' */ 2158 NULL, /* 'y' */ 2159 special_sections_z /* 'z' */ 2160 }; 2161 2162 const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 2163 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name, 2164 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec, 2165 unsigned int rela) 2166 { 2167 int i; 2168 int len; 2169 2170 len = strlen (name); 2171 2172 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++) 2173 { 2174 int suffix_len; 2175 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length; 2176 2177 if (len < prefix_len) 2178 continue; 2179 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) 2180 continue; 2181 2182 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length; 2183 if (suffix_len <= 0) 2184 { 2185 if (name[prefix_len] != 0) 2186 { 2187 if (suffix_len == 0) 2188 continue; 2189 if (name[prefix_len] != '.' 2190 && (suffix_len == -2 2191 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL))) 2192 continue; 2193 } 2194 } 2195 else 2196 { 2197 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) 2198 continue; 2199 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, 2200 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len, 2201 suffix_len) != 0) 2202 continue; 2203 } 2204 return &spec[i]; 2205 } 2206 2207 return NULL; 2208 } 2209 2210 const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 2211 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 2212 { 2213 int i; 2214 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec; 2215 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 2216 2217 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ 2218 if (sec->name == NULL) 2219 return NULL; 2220 2221 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 2222 spec = bed->special_sections; 2223 if (spec) 2224 { 2225 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, 2226 bed->special_sections, 2227 sec->use_rela_p); 2228 if (spec != NULL) 2229 return spec; 2230 } 2231 2232 if (sec->name[0] != '.') 2233 return NULL; 2234 2235 i = sec->name[1] - 'b'; 2236 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b') 2237 return NULL; 2238 2239 spec = special_sections[i]; 2240 2241 if (spec == NULL) 2242 return NULL; 2243 2244 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p); 2245 } 2246 2247 bfd_boolean 2248 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 2249 { 2250 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; 2251 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 2252 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; 2253 2254 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; 2255 if (sdata == NULL) 2256 { 2257 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata)); 2258 if (sdata == NULL) 2259 return FALSE; 2260 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; 2261 } 2262 2263 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ 2264 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 2265 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p; 2266 2267 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and 2268 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr 2269 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker 2270 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will 2271 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in 2272 elf_fake_sections. */ 2273 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction) 2274 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0) 2275 { 2276 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec); 2277 if (ssect != NULL) 2278 { 2279 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type; 2280 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr; 2281 } 2282 } 2283 2284 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); 2285 } 2286 2287 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. 2288 2289 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name 2290 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the 2291 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we 2292 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. 2293 2294 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than 2295 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the 2296 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, 2297 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the 2298 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting 2299 of combined data+bss. 2300 2301 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections 2302 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by 2303 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified 2304 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split 2305 into its initialized and uninitialized parts. 2306 2307 */ 2308 2309 bfd_boolean 2310 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, 2311 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, 2312 int index, 2313 const char *typename) 2314 { 2315 asection *newsect; 2316 char *name; 2317 char namebuf[64]; 2318 size_t len; 2319 int split; 2320 2321 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) 2322 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) 2323 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); 2324 2325 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0) 2326 { 2327 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : ""); 2328 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; 2329 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 2330 if (!name) 2331 return FALSE; 2332 memcpy (name, namebuf, len); 2333 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); 2334 if (newsect == NULL) 2335 return FALSE; 2336 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; 2337 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; 2338 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz; 2339 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; 2340 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 2341 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); 2342 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) 2343 { 2344 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; 2345 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; 2346 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) 2347 { 2348 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, 2349 may be data. */ 2350 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; 2351 } 2352 } 2353 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) 2354 { 2355 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; 2356 } 2357 } 2358 2359 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz) 2360 { 2361 bfd_vma align; 2362 2363 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "b" : ""); 2364 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; 2365 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 2366 if (!name) 2367 return FALSE; 2368 memcpy (name, namebuf, len); 2369 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); 2370 if (newsect == NULL) 2371 return FALSE; 2372 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; 2373 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; 2374 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; 2375 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz; 2376 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma; 2377 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align) 2378 align = hdr->p_align; 2379 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align); 2380 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) 2381 { 2382 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do 2383 not have their contents written to a core file, on the 2384 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the 2385 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake 2386 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will 2387 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */ 2388 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) 2389 newsect->size = 0; 2390 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; 2391 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) 2392 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; 2393 } 2394 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) 2395 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; 2396 } 2397 2398 return TRUE; 2399 } 2400 2401 bfd_boolean 2402 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index) 2403 { 2404 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 2405 2406 switch (hdr->p_type) 2407 { 2408 case PT_NULL: 2409 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null"); 2410 2411 case PT_LOAD: 2412 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load"); 2413 2414 case PT_DYNAMIC: 2415 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic"); 2416 2417 case PT_INTERP: 2418 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp"); 2419 2420 case PT_NOTE: 2421 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note")) 2422 return FALSE; 2423 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) 2424 return FALSE; 2425 return TRUE; 2426 2427 case PT_SHLIB: 2428 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib"); 2429 2430 case PT_PHDR: 2431 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr"); 2432 2433 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: 2434 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, 2435 "eh_frame_hdr"); 2436 2437 case PT_GNU_STACK: 2438 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack"); 2439 2440 case PT_GNU_RELRO: 2441 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro"); 2442 2443 default: 2444 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */ 2445 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 2446 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc"); 2447 } 2448 } 2449 2450 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing 2451 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA 2452 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */ 2453 2454 bfd_boolean 2455 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, 2456 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr, 2457 asection *asect, 2458 bfd_boolean use_rela_p) 2459 { 2460 char *name; 2461 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 2462 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); 2463 2464 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2465 if (name == NULL) 2466 return FALSE; 2467 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); 2468 rel_hdr->sh_name = 2469 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, 2470 FALSE); 2471 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) 2472 return FALSE; 2473 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; 2474 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p 2475 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela 2476 : bed->s->sizeof_rel); 2477 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; 2478 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; 2479 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; 2480 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; 2481 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; 2482 2483 return TRUE; 2484 } 2485 2486 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ 2487 2488 static void 2489 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg) 2490 { 2491 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 2492 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; 2493 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; 2494 unsigned int sh_type; 2495 2496 if (*failedptr) 2497 { 2498 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections 2499 loop. */ 2500 return; 2501 } 2502 2503 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr; 2504 2505 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), 2506 asect->name, FALSE); 2507 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) 2508 { 2509 *failedptr = TRUE; 2510 return; 2511 } 2512 2513 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */ 2514 2515 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 2516 || asect->user_set_vma) 2517 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; 2518 else 2519 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; 2520 2521 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; 2522 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size; 2523 this_hdr->sh_link = 0; 2524 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power; 2525 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by 2526 copy_private_section_data. */ 2527 2528 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; 2529 this_hdr->contents = NULL; 2530 2531 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on 2532 asect->flags. */ 2533 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) 2534 sh_type = SHT_GROUP; 2535 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 2536 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) 2537 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0)) 2538 sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; 2539 else 2540 sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; 2541 2542 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL) 2543 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; 2544 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS 2545 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS 2546 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 2547 { 2548 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but 2549 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link 2550 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data 2551 to a bss output section via a linker script. */ 2552 (*_bfd_error_handler) 2553 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect); 2554 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; 2555 } 2556 2557 switch (this_hdr->sh_type) 2558 { 2559 default: 2560 break; 2561 2562 case SHT_STRTAB: 2563 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: 2564 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: 2565 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: 2566 case SHT_NOTE: 2567 case SHT_NOBITS: 2568 case SHT_PROGBITS: 2569 break; 2570 2571 case SHT_HASH: 2572 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; 2573 break; 2574 2575 case SHT_DYNSYM: 2576 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; 2577 break; 2578 2579 case SHT_DYNAMIC: 2580 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; 2581 break; 2582 2583 case SHT_RELA: 2584 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) 2585 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; 2586 break; 2587 2588 case SHT_REL: 2589 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) 2590 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; 2591 break; 2592 2593 case SHT_GNU_versym: 2594 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); 2595 break; 2596 2597 case SHT_GNU_verdef: 2598 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; 2599 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set 2600 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be 2601 zero. */ 2602 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) 2603 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; 2604 else 2605 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 2606 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); 2607 break; 2608 2609 case SHT_GNU_verneed: 2610 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; 2611 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set 2612 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be 2613 zero. */ 2614 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) 2615 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; 2616 else 2617 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 2618 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); 2619 break; 2620 2621 case SHT_GROUP: 2622 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; 2623 break; 2624 2625 case SHT_GNU_HASH: 2626 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4; 2627 break; 2628 } 2629 2630 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 2631 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; 2632 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 2633 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; 2634 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 2635 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; 2636 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) 2637 { 2638 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; 2639 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; 2640 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) 2641 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; 2642 } 2643 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL) 2644 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; 2645 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) 2646 { 2647 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS; 2648 if (asect->size == 0 2649 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) 2650 { 2651 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order; 2652 2653 this_hdr->sh_size = 0; 2654 if (o != NULL) 2655 { 2656 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; 2657 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0) 2658 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; 2659 } 2660 } 2661 } 2662 2663 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ 2664 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type; 2665 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections 2666 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) 2667 *failedptr = TRUE; 2668 2669 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0) 2670 { 2671 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being 2672 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */ 2673 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; 2674 } 2675 2676 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the 2677 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for 2678 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to 2679 create the other. */ 2680 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 2681 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, 2682 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr, 2683 asect, 2684 asect->use_rela_p)) 2685 *failedptr = TRUE; 2686 } 2687 2688 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from 2689 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and 2690 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r 2691 from bfd_elf_final_link. */ 2692 2693 void 2694 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) 2695 { 2696 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; 2697 asection *elt, *first; 2698 unsigned char *loc; 2699 bfd_boolean gas; 2700 2701 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in 2702 elfxx-ia64.c. */ 2703 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP) 2704 || *failedptr) 2705 return; 2706 2707 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0) 2708 { 2709 unsigned long symindx = 0; 2710 2711 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the 2712 generic linker. */ 2713 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL) 2714 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i; 2715 2716 if (symindx == 0) 2717 { 2718 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up 2719 elf_section_syms. */ 2720 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL); 2721 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i; 2722 } 2723 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; 2724 } 2725 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2) 2726 { 2727 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group 2728 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be 2729 set until all local symbols are output. */ 2730 asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec)); 2731 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup); 2732 unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info; 2733 unsigned long extsymoff = 0; 2734 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 2735 2736 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner)) 2737 { 2738 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 2739 2740 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr; 2741 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 2742 } 2743 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff]; 2744 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 2745 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 2746 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 2747 2748 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx; 2749 } 2750 2751 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ 2752 gas = TRUE; 2753 if (sec->contents == NULL) 2754 { 2755 gas = FALSE; 2756 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size); 2757 2758 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ 2759 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; 2760 if (sec->contents == NULL) 2761 { 2762 *failedptr = TRUE; 2763 return; 2764 } 2765 } 2766 2767 loc = sec->contents + sec->size; 2768 2769 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas 2770 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the 2771 start of the input section group. */ 2772 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec); 2773 2774 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section 2775 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards 2776 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section 2777 directives, not that it matters. */ 2778 while (elt != NULL) 2779 { 2780 asection *s; 2781 unsigned int idx; 2782 2783 loc -= 4; 2784 s = elt; 2785 if (!gas) 2786 s = s->output_section; 2787 idx = 0; 2788 if (s != NULL) 2789 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 2790 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc); 2791 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); 2792 if (elt == first) 2793 break; 2794 } 2795 2796 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents) 2797 abort (); 2798 2799 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc); 2800 } 2801 2802 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here 2803 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled 2804 in here too, while we're at it. */ 2805 2806 static bfd_boolean 2807 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 2808 { 2809 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); 2810 asection *sec; 2811 unsigned int section_number, secn; 2812 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; 2813 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; 2814 2815 section_number = 1; 2816 2817 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); 2818 2819 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */ 2820 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable) 2821 { 2822 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */ 2823 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 2824 { 2825 d = elf_section_data (sec); 2826 2827 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP) 2828 { 2829 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) 2830 { 2831 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */ 2832 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec); 2833 abfd->section_count--; 2834 } 2835 else 2836 d->this_idx = section_number++; 2837 } 2838 } 2839 } 2840 2841 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) 2842 { 2843 d = elf_section_data (sec); 2844 2845 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP) 2846 d->this_idx = section_number++; 2847 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name); 2848 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) 2849 d->rel_idx = 0; 2850 else 2851 { 2852 d->rel_idx = section_number++; 2853 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name); 2854 } 2855 2856 if (d->rel_hdr2) 2857 { 2858 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++; 2859 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name); 2860 } 2861 else 2862 d->rel_idx2 = 0; 2863 } 2864 2865 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; 2866 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); 2867 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; 2868 2869 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) 2870 { 2871 t->symtab_section = section_number++; 2872 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); 2873 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF)) 2874 { 2875 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++; 2876 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name 2877 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), 2878 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE); 2879 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) 2880 return FALSE; 2881 } 2882 t->strtab_section = section_number++; 2883 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); 2884 } 2885 2886 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); 2887 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); 2888 2889 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number; 2890 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; 2891 2892 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the 2893 indices. */ 2894 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); 2895 if (i_shdrp == NULL) 2896 return FALSE; 2897 2898 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); 2899 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) 2900 { 2901 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); 2902 return FALSE; 2903 } 2904 2905 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; 2906 2907 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; 2908 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) 2909 { 2910 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; 2911 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF)) 2912 { 2913 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr; 2914 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; 2915 } 2916 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; 2917 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; 2918 } 2919 2920 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) 2921 { 2922 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); 2923 asection *s; 2924 const char *name; 2925 2926 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; 2927 if (d->rel_idx != 0) 2928 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; 2929 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) 2930 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2; 2931 2932 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ 2933 2934 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol 2935 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which 2936 the relocation entries apply. */ 2937 if (d->rel_idx != 0) 2938 { 2939 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; 2940 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; 2941 } 2942 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) 2943 { 2944 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section; 2945 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx; 2946 } 2947 2948 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ 2949 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) 2950 { 2951 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec); 2952 if (s) 2953 { 2954 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */ 2955 if (link_info != NULL) 2956 { 2957 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */ 2958 if (elf_discarded_section (s)) 2959 { 2960 asection *kept; 2961 (*_bfd_error_handler) 2962 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"), 2963 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, 2964 s, s->owner); 2965 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same 2966 size as the discarded one. */ 2967 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info); 2968 if (kept == NULL) 2969 { 2970 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 2971 return FALSE; 2972 } 2973 s = kept; 2974 } 2975 2976 s = s->output_section; 2977 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 2978 } 2979 else 2980 { 2981 /* Handle objcopy. */ 2982 if (s->output_section == NULL) 2983 { 2984 (*_bfd_error_handler) 2985 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"), 2986 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); 2987 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 2988 return FALSE; 2989 } 2990 s = s->output_section; 2991 } 2992 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 2993 } 2994 else 2995 { 2996 /* PR 290: 2997 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with 2998 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or 2999 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation 3000 where s is NULL. */ 3001 const struct elf_backend_data *bed 3002 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 3003 if (bed->link_order_error_handler) 3004 bed->link_order_error_handler 3005 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), 3006 abfd, sec); 3007 } 3008 } 3009 3010 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) 3011 { 3012 case SHT_REL: 3013 case SHT_RELA: 3014 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD 3015 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol 3016 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to 3017 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an 3018 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. 3019 FIXME: How can we be sure? */ 3020 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); 3021 if (s != NULL) 3022 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 3023 3024 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ 3025 name = sec->name; 3026 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) 3027 name += 4; 3028 else 3029 name += 5; 3030 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); 3031 if (s != NULL) 3032 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 3033 break; 3034 3035 case SHT_STRTAB: 3036 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs 3037 string section. We look for a section with the same name 3038 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link 3039 field to point to this section. */ 3040 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab") 3041 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) 3042 { 3043 size_t len; 3044 char *alc; 3045 3046 len = strlen (sec->name); 3047 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2); 3048 if (alc == NULL) 3049 return FALSE; 3050 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); 3051 alc[len - 3] = '\0'; 3052 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); 3053 free (alc); 3054 if (s != NULL) 3055 { 3056 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; 3057 3058 /* This is a .stab section. */ 3059 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0) 3060 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize 3061 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; 3062 } 3063 } 3064 break; 3065 3066 case SHT_DYNAMIC: 3067 case SHT_DYNSYM: 3068 case SHT_GNU_verneed: 3069 case SHT_GNU_verdef: 3070 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table 3071 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the 3072 version strings. */ 3073 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); 3074 if (s != NULL) 3075 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 3076 break; 3077 3078 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: 3079 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library 3080 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or 3081 the version strings. */ 3082 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) 3083 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"); 3084 if (s != NULL) 3085 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 3086 break; 3087 3088 case SHT_HASH: 3089 case SHT_GNU_HASH: 3090 case SHT_GNU_versym: 3091 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table 3092 this hash table or version table is for. */ 3093 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); 3094 if (s != NULL) 3095 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; 3096 break; 3097 3098 case SHT_GROUP: 3099 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; 3100 } 3101 } 3102 3103 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn) 3104 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL) 3105 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0]; 3106 else 3107 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd), 3108 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name); 3109 return TRUE; 3110 } 3111 3112 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving 3113 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ 3114 3115 static bfd_boolean 3116 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) 3117 { 3118 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ 3119 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 3120 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) 3121 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); 3122 3123 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 3124 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) 3125 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); 3126 } 3127 3128 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be 3129 output. */ 3130 3131 static bfd_boolean 3132 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) 3133 { 3134 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 3135 && !(sym->section->owner == abfd 3136 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd 3137 && sym->section->output_offset == 0))); 3138 } 3139 3140 static bfd_boolean 3141 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd) 3142 { 3143 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); 3144 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); 3145 asymbol **sect_syms; 3146 unsigned int num_locals = 0; 3147 unsigned int num_globals = 0; 3148 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; 3149 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; 3150 int max_index = 0; 3151 unsigned int idx; 3152 asection *asect; 3153 asymbol **new_syms; 3154 3155 #ifdef DEBUG 3156 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); 3157 fflush (stderr); 3158 #endif 3159 3160 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) 3161 { 3162 if (max_index < asect->index) 3163 max_index = asect->index; 3164 } 3165 3166 max_index++; 3167 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *)); 3168 if (sect_syms == NULL) 3169 return FALSE; 3170 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; 3171 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; 3172 3173 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already 3174 decided to output. */ 3175 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) 3176 { 3177 asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; 3178 3179 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 3180 && sym->value == 0 3181 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) 3182 { 3183 asection *sec = sym->section; 3184 3185 if (sec->owner != abfd) 3186 sec = sec->output_section; 3187 3188 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; 3189 } 3190 } 3191 3192 /* Classify all of the symbols. */ 3193 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) 3194 { 3195 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx])) 3196 continue; 3197 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) 3198 num_locals++; 3199 else 3200 num_globals++; 3201 } 3202 3203 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most 3204 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but 3205 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped 3206 at least in that case. */ 3207 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) 3208 { 3209 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) 3210 { 3211 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) 3212 num_locals++; 3213 else 3214 num_globals++; 3215 } 3216 } 3217 3218 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ 3219 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *)); 3220 3221 if (new_syms == NULL) 3222 return FALSE; 3223 3224 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) 3225 { 3226 asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; 3227 unsigned int i; 3228 3229 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) 3230 continue; 3231 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) 3232 i = num_locals2++; 3233 else 3234 i = num_locals + num_globals2++; 3235 new_syms[i] = sym; 3236 sym->udata.i = i + 1; 3237 } 3238 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) 3239 { 3240 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) 3241 { 3242 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; 3243 unsigned int i; 3244 3245 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; 3246 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) 3247 i = num_locals2++; 3248 else 3249 i = num_locals + num_globals2++; 3250 new_syms[i] = sym; 3251 sym->udata.i = i + 1; 3252 } 3253 } 3254 3255 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); 3256 3257 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals; 3258 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals; 3259 return TRUE; 3260 } 3261 3262 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any 3263 ELF data structure. */ 3264 3265 static inline file_ptr 3266 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) 3267 { 3268 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); 3269 } 3270 3271 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the 3272 required section alignment. */ 3273 3274 file_ptr 3275 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, 3276 file_ptr offset, 3277 bfd_boolean align) 3278 { 3279 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1) 3280 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign); 3281 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; 3282 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) 3283 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; 3284 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 3285 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; 3286 return offset; 3287 } 3288 3289 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and 3290 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO 3291 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ 3292 3293 bfd_boolean 3294 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, 3295 struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 3296 { 3297 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 3298 bfd_boolean failed; 3299 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL; 3300 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; 3301 3302 if (abfd->output_has_begun) 3303 return TRUE; 3304 3305 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ 3306 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) 3307 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); 3308 3309 if (! prep_headers (abfd)) 3310 return FALSE; 3311 3312 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ 3313 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) 3314 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); 3315 3316 failed = FALSE; 3317 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); 3318 if (failed) 3319 return FALSE; 3320 3321 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info)) 3322 return FALSE; 3323 3324 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ 3325 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) 3326 { 3327 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ 3328 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); 3329 3330 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) 3331 return FALSE; 3332 } 3333 3334 if (link_info == NULL) 3335 { 3336 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); 3337 if (failed) 3338 return FALSE; 3339 } 3340 3341 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; 3342 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ 3343 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; 3344 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; 3345 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; 3346 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); 3347 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; 3348 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; 3349 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; 3350 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ 3351 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; 3352 3353 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) 3354 return FALSE; 3355 3356 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) 3357 { 3358 file_ptr off; 3359 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 3360 3361 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; 3362 3363 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 3364 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); 3365 3366 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; 3367 if (hdr->sh_size != 0) 3368 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); 3369 3370 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; 3371 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); 3372 3373 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; 3374 3375 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it 3376 out. */ 3377 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 3378 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) 3379 return FALSE; 3380 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); 3381 } 3382 3383 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE; 3384 3385 return TRUE; 3386 } 3387 3388 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we 3389 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */ 3390 3391 static bfd_size_type 3392 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3393 { 3394 size_t segs; 3395 asection *s; 3396 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 3397 3398 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text 3399 and one for data. */ 3400 segs = 2; 3401 3402 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); 3403 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 3404 { 3405 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a 3406 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a 3407 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all 3408 targets. */ 3409 segs += 2; 3410 } 3411 3412 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) 3413 { 3414 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ 3415 ++segs; 3416 } 3417 3418 if (info != NULL && info->relro) 3419 { 3420 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ 3421 ++segs; 3422 } 3423 3424 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr) 3425 { 3426 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ 3427 ++segs; 3428 } 3429 3430 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags) 3431 { 3432 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ 3433 ++segs; 3434 } 3435 3436 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 3437 { 3438 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 3439 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) 3440 { 3441 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ 3442 ++segs; 3443 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment 3444 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections. 3445 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment 3446 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section) 3447 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size, 3448 so we check whether the sections are correctly 3449 aligned. */ 3450 if (s->alignment_power == 2) 3451 while (s->next != NULL 3452 && s->next->alignment_power == 2 3453 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 3454 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note")) 3455 s = s->next; 3456 } 3457 } 3458 3459 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 3460 { 3461 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) 3462 { 3463 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ 3464 ++segs; 3465 break; 3466 } 3467 } 3468 3469 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ 3470 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 3471 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) 3472 { 3473 int a; 3474 3475 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info); 3476 if (a == -1) 3477 abort (); 3478 segs += a; 3479 } 3480 3481 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 3482 } 3483 3484 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */ 3485 3486 Elf_Internal_Phdr * 3487 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section) 3488 { 3489 struct elf_segment_map *m; 3490 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; 3491 3492 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, 3493 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; 3494 m != NULL; 3495 m = m->next, p++) 3496 { 3497 int i; 3498 3499 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) 3500 if (m->sections[i] == section) 3501 return p; 3502 } 3503 3504 return NULL; 3505 } 3506 3507 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ 3508 3509 static struct elf_segment_map * 3510 make_mapping (bfd *abfd, 3511 asection **sections, 3512 unsigned int from, 3513 unsigned int to, 3514 bfd_boolean phdr) 3515 { 3516 struct elf_segment_map *m; 3517 unsigned int i; 3518 asection **hdrpp; 3519 bfd_size_type amt; 3520 3521 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 3522 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 3523 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 3524 if (m == NULL) 3525 return NULL; 3526 m->next = NULL; 3527 m->p_type = PT_LOAD; 3528 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) 3529 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; 3530 m->count = to - from; 3531 3532 if (from == 0 && phdr) 3533 { 3534 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ 3535 m->includes_filehdr = 1; 3536 m->includes_phdrs = 1; 3537 } 3538 3539 return m; 3540 } 3541 3542 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL 3543 on failure. */ 3544 3545 struct elf_segment_map * 3546 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec) 3547 { 3548 struct elf_segment_map *m; 3549 3550 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)); 3551 if (m == NULL) 3552 return NULL; 3553 m->next = NULL; 3554 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; 3555 m->count = 1; 3556 m->sections[0] = dynsec; 3557 3558 return m; 3559 } 3560 3561 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */ 3562 3563 static bfd_boolean 3564 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, 3565 struct bfd_link_info *info, 3566 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load) 3567 { 3568 struct elf_segment_map **m; 3569 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 3570 3571 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are 3572 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such 3573 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded 3574 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is 3575 removed. */ 3576 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; 3577 while (*m) 3578 { 3579 unsigned int i, new_count; 3580 3581 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++) 3582 { 3583 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 3584 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 3585 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD)) 3586 { 3587 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i]; 3588 new_count++; 3589 } 3590 } 3591 (*m)->count = new_count; 3592 3593 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0) 3594 *m = (*m)->next; 3595 else 3596 m = &(*m)->next; 3597 } 3598 3599 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 3600 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL) 3601 { 3602 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info)) 3603 return FALSE; 3604 } 3605 3606 return TRUE; 3607 } 3608 3609 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ 3610 3611 bfd_boolean 3612 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3613 { 3614 unsigned int count; 3615 struct elf_segment_map *m; 3616 asection **sections = NULL; 3617 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 3618 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs; 3619 3620 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL; 3621 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0) 3622 { 3623 asection *s; 3624 unsigned int i; 3625 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; 3626 struct elf_segment_map **pm; 3627 asection *last_hdr; 3628 bfd_vma last_size; 3629 unsigned int phdr_index; 3630 bfd_vma maxpagesize; 3631 asection **hdrpp; 3632 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE; 3633 bfd_boolean writable; 3634 int tls_count = 0; 3635 asection *first_tls = NULL; 3636 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr; 3637 bfd_size_type amt; 3638 3639 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ 3640 3641 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *)); 3642 if (sections == NULL) 3643 goto error_return; 3644 3645 i = 0; 3646 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 3647 { 3648 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 3649 { 3650 sections[i] = s; 3651 ++i; 3652 } 3653 } 3654 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); 3655 count = i; 3656 3657 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); 3658 3659 /* Build the mapping. */ 3660 3661 mfirst = NULL; 3662 pm = &mfirst; 3663 3664 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for 3665 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp 3666 section. */ 3667 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); 3668 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 3669 { 3670 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 3671 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 3672 if (m == NULL) 3673 goto error_return; 3674 m->next = NULL; 3675 m->p_type = PT_PHDR; 3676 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ 3677 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; 3678 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 3679 m->includes_phdrs = 1; 3680 3681 *pm = m; 3682 pm = &m->next; 3683 3684 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 3685 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 3686 if (m == NULL) 3687 goto error_return; 3688 m->next = NULL; 3689 m->p_type = PT_INTERP; 3690 m->count = 1; 3691 m->sections[0] = s; 3692 3693 *pm = m; 3694 pm = &m->next; 3695 } 3696 3697 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program 3698 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within 3699 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ 3700 last_hdr = NULL; 3701 last_size = 0; 3702 phdr_index = 0; 3703 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; 3704 writable = FALSE; 3705 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 3706 if (dynsec != NULL 3707 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) 3708 dynsec = NULL; 3709 3710 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section 3711 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an 3712 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many 3713 program headers we will need. */ 3714 if (count > 0) 3715 { 3716 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; 3717 3718 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) 3719 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); 3720 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 3721 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size 3722 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize) 3723 phdr_in_segment = FALSE; 3724 } 3725 3726 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) 3727 { 3728 asection *hdr; 3729 bfd_boolean new_segment; 3730 3731 hdr = *hdrpp; 3732 3733 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same 3734 segment. */ 3735 3736 if (last_hdr == NULL) 3737 { 3738 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new 3739 one (we build the last one after this loop). */ 3740 new_segment = FALSE; 3741 } 3742 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) 3743 { 3744 /* If this section has a different relation between the 3745 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new 3746 segment. */ 3747 new_segment = TRUE; 3748 } 3749 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close 3750 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps 3751 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more 3752 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current 3753 section can be included in the current segment. */ 3754 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize 3755 > last_hdr->lma) 3756 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize 3757 <= hdr->lma)) 3758 { 3759 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to 3760 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ 3761 new_segment = TRUE; 3762 } 3763 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 3764 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0) 3765 { 3766 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a 3767 nonloadable section in the same segment. 3768 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */ 3769 new_segment = TRUE; 3770 } 3771 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) 3772 { 3773 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we 3774 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the 3775 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ 3776 new_segment = FALSE; 3777 } 3778 else if (! writable 3779 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 3780 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) 3781 & ~(maxpagesize - 1)) 3782 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1)))) 3783 { 3784 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only 3785 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory 3786 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not 3787 bring us past the current section on the page, so the 3788 only case in which the new section is not on the same 3789 page as the previous section is when the previous section 3790 ends precisely on a page boundary. */ 3791 new_segment = TRUE; 3792 } 3793 else 3794 { 3795 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ 3796 new_segment = FALSE; 3797 } 3798 3799 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */ 3800 if (last_hdr != NULL 3801 && info != NULL 3802 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL) 3803 new_segment 3804 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, 3805 last_hdr, 3806 new_segment); 3807 3808 if (! new_segment) 3809 { 3810 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 3811 writable = TRUE; 3812 last_hdr = hdr; 3813 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ 3814 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) 3815 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) 3816 last_size = hdr->size; 3817 else 3818 last_size = 0; 3819 continue; 3820 } 3821 3822 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program 3823 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ 3824 3825 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); 3826 if (m == NULL) 3827 goto error_return; 3828 3829 *pm = m; 3830 pm = &m->next; 3831 3832 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 3833 writable = TRUE; 3834 else 3835 writable = FALSE; 3836 3837 last_hdr = hdr; 3838 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ 3839 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) 3840 last_size = hdr->size; 3841 else 3842 last_size = 0; 3843 phdr_index = i; 3844 phdr_in_segment = FALSE; 3845 } 3846 3847 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */ 3848 if (last_hdr != NULL) 3849 { 3850 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); 3851 if (m == NULL) 3852 goto error_return; 3853 3854 *pm = m; 3855 pm = &m->next; 3856 } 3857 3858 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ 3859 if (dynsec != NULL) 3860 { 3861 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec); 3862 if (m == NULL) 3863 goto error_return; 3864 *pm = m; 3865 pm = &m->next; 3866 } 3867 3868 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections, 3869 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name, 3870 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and 3871 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections 3872 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is 3873 bogus anyhow. */ 3874 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 3875 { 3876 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 3877 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) 3878 { 3879 asection *s2; 3880 unsigned count = 1; 3881 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 3882 if (s->alignment_power == 2) 3883 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next) 3884 { 3885 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2 3886 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 3887 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note") 3888 && align_power (s2->vma + s2->size, 2) 3889 == s2->next->vma) 3890 count++; 3891 else 3892 break; 3893 } 3894 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 3895 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 3896 if (m == NULL) 3897 goto error_return; 3898 m->next = NULL; 3899 m->p_type = PT_NOTE; 3900 m->count = count; 3901 while (count > 1) 3902 { 3903 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s; 3904 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); 3905 s = s->next; 3906 } 3907 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s; 3908 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); 3909 *pm = m; 3910 pm = &m->next; 3911 } 3912 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) 3913 { 3914 if (! tls_count) 3915 first_tls = s; 3916 tls_count++; 3917 } 3918 } 3919 3920 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ 3921 if (tls_count > 0) 3922 { 3923 int i; 3924 3925 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 3926 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 3927 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 3928 if (m == NULL) 3929 goto error_return; 3930 m->next = NULL; 3931 m->p_type = PT_TLS; 3932 m->count = tls_count; 3933 /* Mandated PF_R. */ 3934 m->p_flags = PF_R; 3935 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 3936 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i) 3937 { 3938 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL); 3939 m->sections[i] = first_tls; 3940 first_tls = first_tls->next; 3941 } 3942 3943 *pm = m; 3944 pm = &m->next; 3945 } 3946 3947 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME 3948 segment. */ 3949 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr; 3950 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL 3951 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 3952 { 3953 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 3954 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 3955 if (m == NULL) 3956 goto error_return; 3957 m->next = NULL; 3958 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME; 3959 m->count = 1; 3960 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; 3961 3962 *pm = m; 3963 pm = &m->next; 3964 } 3965 3966 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags) 3967 { 3968 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 3969 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 3970 if (m == NULL) 3971 goto error_return; 3972 m->next = NULL; 3973 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK; 3974 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags; 3975 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 3976 3977 *pm = m; 3978 pm = &m->next; 3979 } 3980 3981 if (info != NULL && info->relro) 3982 { 3983 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next) 3984 { 3985 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD) 3986 { 3987 asection *last = m->sections[m->count - 1]; 3988 bfd_vma vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma; 3989 bfd_vma filesz = last->vma - vaddr + last->size; 3990 3991 if (vaddr < info->relro_end 3992 && vaddr >= info->relro_start 3993 && (vaddr + filesz) >= info->relro_end) 3994 break; 3995 } 3996 } 3997 3998 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */ 3999 if (m != NULL) 4000 { 4001 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 4002 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 4003 if (m == NULL) 4004 goto error_return; 4005 m->next = NULL; 4006 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO; 4007 m->p_flags = PF_R; 4008 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 4009 4010 *pm = m; 4011 pm = &m->next; 4012 } 4013 } 4014 4015 free (sections); 4016 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst; 4017 } 4018 4019 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs)) 4020 return FALSE; 4021 4022 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) 4023 ++count; 4024 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4025 4026 return TRUE; 4027 4028 error_return: 4029 if (sections != NULL) 4030 free (sections); 4031 return FALSE; 4032 } 4033 4034 /* Sort sections by address. */ 4035 4036 static int 4037 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) 4038 { 4039 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; 4040 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; 4041 bfd_size_type size1, size2; 4042 4043 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to 4044 place the section into a segment. */ 4045 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) 4046 return -1; 4047 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) 4048 return 1; 4049 4050 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be 4051 the same, and this will do nothing. */ 4052 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) 4053 return -1; 4054 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) 4055 return 1; 4056 4057 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ 4058 4059 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0) 4060 4061 if (TOEND (sec1)) 4062 { 4063 if (TOEND (sec2)) 4064 { 4065 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 4066 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ 4067 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) 4068 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; 4069 } 4070 else 4071 return 1; 4072 } 4073 else if (TOEND (sec2)) 4074 return -1; 4075 4076 #undef TOEND 4077 4078 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections 4079 before others at the same address. */ 4080 4081 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0; 4082 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0; 4083 4084 if (size1 < size2) 4085 return -1; 4086 if (size1 > size2) 4087 return 1; 4088 4089 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; 4090 } 4091 4092 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes: 4093 4094 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just 4095 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not 4096 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types 4097 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a 4098 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, 4099 which is wrong. 4100 4101 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by 4102 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo 4103 the page size.'' */ 4104 /* In other words, something like: 4105 4106 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; 4107 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; 4108 if (vma_offset < off_offset) 4109 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; 4110 else 4111 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; 4112 4113 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */ 4114 4115 static file_ptr 4116 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) 4117 { 4118 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); 4119 } 4120 4121 static void 4122 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m) 4123 { 4124 unsigned int j; 4125 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type); 4126 char buf[32]; 4127 4128 if (pt == NULL) 4129 { 4130 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC) 4131 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x", 4132 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC)); 4133 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS) 4134 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x", 4135 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS)); 4136 else 4137 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x", 4138 (unsigned int) m->p_type); 4139 pt = buf; 4140 } 4141 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt); 4142 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++) 4143 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name); 4144 putc ('\n',stderr); 4145 } 4146 4147 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from 4148 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in 4149 the file header. */ 4150 4151 static bfd_boolean 4152 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd, 4153 struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 4154 { 4155 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 4156 struct elf_segment_map *m; 4157 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; 4158 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; 4159 file_ptr off; 4160 bfd_size_type maxpagesize; 4161 unsigned int alloc; 4162 unsigned int i, j; 4163 bfd_vma header_pad = 0; 4164 4165 if (link_info == NULL 4166 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info)) 4167 return FALSE; 4168 4169 alloc = 0; 4170 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) 4171 { 4172 ++alloc; 4173 if (m->header_size) 4174 header_pad = m->header_size; 4175 } 4176 4177 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4178 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4179 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc; 4180 4181 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) 4182 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4183 else 4184 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size 4185 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr); 4186 4187 if (alloc == 0) 4188 { 4189 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4190 return TRUE; 4191 } 4192 4193 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size, 4194 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have 4195 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared. 4196 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata 4197 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the 4198 layout. 4199 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments 4200 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the 4201 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */ 4202 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size % bed->s->sizeof_phdr 4203 == 0); 4204 phdrs = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 4205 (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size 4206 / bed->s->sizeof_phdr), 4207 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); 4208 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; 4209 if (phdrs == NULL) 4210 return FALSE; 4211 4212 maxpagesize = 1; 4213 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) 4214 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; 4215 4216 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4217 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4218 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off) 4219 header_pad = 0; 4220 else 4221 header_pad -= off; 4222 off += header_pad; 4223 4224 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0; 4225 m != NULL; 4226 m = m->next, p++, j++) 4227 { 4228 asection **secpp; 4229 bfd_vma off_adjust; 4230 bfd_boolean no_contents; 4231 4232 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the 4233 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should 4234 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may 4235 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. 4236 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ 4237 if (m->count > 1 4238 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE 4239 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE)) 4240 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), 4241 elf_sort_sections); 4242 4243 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a 4244 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz 4245 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents 4246 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next 4247 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */ 4248 p->p_type = m->p_type; 4249 p->p_flags = m->p_flags; 4250 4251 if (m->count == 0) 4252 p->p_vaddr = 0; 4253 else 4254 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset; 4255 4256 if (m->p_paddr_valid) 4257 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; 4258 else if (m->count == 0) 4259 p->p_paddr = 0; 4260 else 4261 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset; 4262 4263 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD 4264 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) 4265 { 4266 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores 4267 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with 4268 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this 4269 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which 4270 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS 4271 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying 4272 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS 4273 segment. */ 4274 if (m->p_align_valid) 4275 maxpagesize = m->p_align; 4276 4277 p->p_align = maxpagesize; 4278 } 4279 else if (m->p_align_valid) 4280 p->p_align = m->p_align; 4281 else if (m->count == 0) 4282 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; 4283 else 4284 p->p_align = 0; 4285 4286 no_contents = FALSE; 4287 off_adjust = 0; 4288 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD 4289 && m->count > 0) 4290 { 4291 bfd_size_type align; 4292 unsigned int align_power = 0; 4293 4294 if (m->p_align_valid) 4295 align = p->p_align; 4296 else 4297 { 4298 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) 4299 { 4300 unsigned int secalign; 4301 4302 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp); 4303 if (secalign > align_power) 4304 align_power = secalign; 4305 } 4306 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power; 4307 if (align < maxpagesize) 4308 align = maxpagesize; 4309 } 4310 4311 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) 4312 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) 4313 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then 4314 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've 4315 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */ 4316 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS; 4317 4318 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable 4319 sections. */ 4320 no_contents = TRUE; 4321 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) 4322 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS) 4323 { 4324 no_contents = FALSE; 4325 break; 4326 } 4327 4328 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align); 4329 off += off_adjust; 4330 if (no_contents) 4331 { 4332 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since 4333 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI 4334 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so 4335 checks it. So to comply with the alignment 4336 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust 4337 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is 4338 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset 4339 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */ 4340 } 4341 else 4342 off_adjust = 0; 4343 } 4344 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the 4345 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ 4346 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC 4347 && m->count > 1 4348 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0) 4349 { 4350 _bfd_error_handler 4351 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"), 4352 abfd); 4353 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 4354 return FALSE; 4355 } 4356 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */ 4357 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE) 4358 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) 4359 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE; 4360 4361 p->p_offset = 0; 4362 p->p_filesz = 0; 4363 p->p_memsz = 0; 4364 4365 if (m->includes_filehdr) 4366 { 4367 if (!m->p_flags_valid) 4368 p->p_flags |= PF_R; 4369 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4370 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4371 if (m->count > 0) 4372 { 4373 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); 4374 4375 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) 4376 { 4377 (*_bfd_error_handler) 4378 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"), 4379 abfd); 4380 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 4381 return FALSE; 4382 } 4383 4384 p->p_vaddr -= off; 4385 if (!m->p_paddr_valid) 4386 p->p_paddr -= off; 4387 } 4388 } 4389 4390 if (m->includes_phdrs) 4391 { 4392 if (!m->p_flags_valid) 4393 p->p_flags |= PF_R; 4394 4395 if (!m->includes_filehdr) 4396 { 4397 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4398 4399 if (m->count > 0) 4400 { 4401 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); 4402 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; 4403 if (!m->p_paddr_valid) 4404 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; 4405 } 4406 } 4407 4408 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4409 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4410 if (m->count) 4411 { 4412 p->p_filesz += header_pad; 4413 p->p_memsz += header_pad; 4414 } 4415 } 4416 4417 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD 4418 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) 4419 { 4420 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs) 4421 p->p_offset = off; 4422 else 4423 { 4424 file_ptr adjust; 4425 4426 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); 4427 if (!no_contents) 4428 p->p_filesz += adjust; 4429 p->p_memsz += adjust; 4430 } 4431 } 4432 4433 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section 4434 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in 4435 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments. 4436 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos 4437 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */ 4438 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) 4439 { 4440 asection *sec; 4441 bfd_size_type align; 4442 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; 4443 4444 sec = *secpp; 4445 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr; 4446 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec); 4447 4448 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD 4449 || p->p_type == PT_TLS) 4450 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS 4451 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 4452 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0 4453 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))) 4454 { 4455 bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->vma - (p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz); 4456 4457 if (adjust < 0) 4458 { 4459 (*_bfd_error_handler) 4460 (_("%B: section %A vma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"), 4461 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->vma); 4462 adjust = 0; 4463 } 4464 p->p_memsz += adjust; 4465 4466 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 4467 { 4468 off += adjust; 4469 p->p_filesz += adjust; 4470 } 4471 } 4472 4473 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) 4474 { 4475 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains 4476 everything. */ 4477 if (i == 0) 4478 { 4479 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; 4480 off += this_hdr->sh_size; 4481 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size; 4482 p->p_memsz = 0; 4483 p->p_align = 1; 4484 } 4485 else 4486 { 4487 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */ 4488 sec->filepos = 0; 4489 sec->size = 0; 4490 sec->flags = 0; 4491 continue; 4492 } 4493 } 4494 else 4495 { 4496 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) 4497 { 4498 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; 4499 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 4500 off += this_hdr->sh_size; 4501 } 4502 4503 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 4504 { 4505 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size; 4506 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like 4507 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take 4508 file space but are not loaded into memory. */ 4509 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) 4510 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; 4511 } 4512 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) 4513 { 4514 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS) 4515 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; 4516 4517 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of 4518 normal segments. */ 4519 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) 4520 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; 4521 } 4522 4523 if (align > p->p_align 4524 && !m->p_align_valid 4525 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD 4526 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) 4527 p->p_align = align; 4528 } 4529 4530 if (!m->p_flags_valid) 4531 { 4532 p->p_flags |= PF_R; 4533 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) 4534 p->p_flags |= PF_X; 4535 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) 4536 p->p_flags |= PF_W; 4537 } 4538 } 4539 off -= off_adjust; 4540 4541 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment. 4542 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */ 4543 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) 4544 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) 4545 { 4546 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; 4547 asection *sec; 4548 4549 sec = *secpp; 4550 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr); 4551 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0 4552 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p)) 4553 { 4554 (*_bfd_error_handler) 4555 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"), 4556 abfd, sec, j); 4557 print_segment_map (m); 4558 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 4559 return FALSE; 4560 } 4561 } 4562 } 4563 4564 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; 4565 return TRUE; 4566 } 4567 4568 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ 4569 4570 static bfd_boolean 4571 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd, 4572 struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 4573 { 4574 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 4575 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp; 4576 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; 4577 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; 4578 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; 4579 struct elf_segment_map *m; 4580 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; 4581 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; 4582 file_ptr off; 4583 unsigned int num_sec; 4584 unsigned int i; 4585 unsigned int count; 4586 4587 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); 4588 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 4589 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; 4590 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) 4591 { 4592 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); 4593 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 4594 4595 hdr = *hdrpp; 4596 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL 4597 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0 4598 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS 4599 && hdr->contents == NULL))) 4600 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos); 4601 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) 4602 { 4603 if (hdr->sh_size != 0) 4604 ((*_bfd_error_handler) 4605 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), 4606 abfd, 4607 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL 4608 ? "*unknown*" 4609 : hdr->bfd_section->name))); 4610 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */ 4611 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0) 4612 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, 4613 bed->maxpagesize); 4614 else 4615 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, 4616 hdr->sh_addralign); 4617 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, 4618 FALSE); 4619 } 4620 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) 4621 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) 4622 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] 4623 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section] 4624 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section]) 4625 hdr->sh_offset = -1; 4626 else 4627 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); 4628 } 4629 4630 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up 4631 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ 4632 count = 0; 4633 filehdr_vaddr = 0; 4634 filehdr_paddr = 0; 4635 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4636 phdrs_paddr = 0; 4637 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; 4638 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; 4639 m != NULL; 4640 m = m->next, p++) 4641 { 4642 ++count; 4643 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD) 4644 continue; 4645 4646 if (m->includes_filehdr) 4647 { 4648 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; 4649 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; 4650 } 4651 if (m->includes_phdrs) 4652 { 4653 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; 4654 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; 4655 if (m->includes_filehdr) 4656 { 4657 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4658 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4659 } 4660 } 4661 } 4662 4663 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; 4664 m != NULL; 4665 m = m->next, p++) 4666 { 4667 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) 4668 { 4669 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp; 4670 4671 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs); 4672 4673 if (link_info != NULL) 4674 { 4675 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed 4676 in link_info. */ 4677 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) 4678 { 4679 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD 4680 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start 4681 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end 4682 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz >= link_info->relro_end) 4683 break; 4684 } 4685 } 4686 else 4687 { 4688 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared 4689 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */ 4690 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) 4691 { 4692 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD 4693 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr) 4694 break; 4695 } 4696 } 4697 4698 if (lp < phdrs + count) 4699 { 4700 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr; 4701 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr; 4702 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset; 4703 if (link_info != NULL) 4704 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr; 4705 else if (m->p_size_valid) 4706 p->p_filesz = m->p_size; 4707 else 4708 abort (); 4709 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz; 4710 p->p_align = 1; 4711 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W); 4712 } 4713 else if (link_info != NULL) 4714 { 4715 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); 4716 p->p_type = PT_NULL; 4717 } 4718 else 4719 abort (); 4720 } 4721 else if (m->count != 0) 4722 { 4723 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD 4724 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE 4725 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)) 4726 { 4727 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 4728 asection *sect; 4729 4730 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs); 4731 4732 sect = m->sections[m->count - 1]; 4733 hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr; 4734 p->p_filesz = sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos; 4735 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 4736 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size; 4737 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; 4738 } 4739 } 4740 else if (m->includes_filehdr) 4741 { 4742 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; 4743 if (! m->p_paddr_valid) 4744 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; 4745 } 4746 else if (m->includes_phdrs) 4747 { 4748 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; 4749 if (! m->p_paddr_valid) 4750 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; 4751 } 4752 } 4753 4754 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; 4755 4756 return TRUE; 4757 } 4758 4759 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by 4760 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and 4761 VMAs must be known before this is called. 4762 4763 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as 4764 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and 4765 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are 4766 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't 4767 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable 4768 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by 4769 assign_file_positions_for_relocs. 4770 4771 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ 4772 4773 static bfd_boolean 4774 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, 4775 struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 4776 { 4777 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); 4778 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); 4779 file_ptr off; 4780 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 4781 4782 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 4783 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) 4784 { 4785 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); 4786 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 4787 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; 4788 unsigned int i; 4789 4790 /* Start after the ELF header. */ 4791 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; 4792 4793 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are 4794 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of 4795 the sections in the file is unimportant. */ 4796 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) 4797 { 4798 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 4799 4800 hdr = *hdrpp; 4801 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) 4802 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) 4803 || i == tdata->symtab_section 4804 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section 4805 || i == tdata->strtab_section) 4806 { 4807 hdr->sh_offset = -1; 4808 } 4809 else 4810 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); 4811 } 4812 } 4813 else 4814 { 4815 unsigned int alloc; 4816 4817 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the 4818 assignment of sections to segments. */ 4819 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) 4820 return FALSE; 4821 4822 /* And for non-load sections. */ 4823 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) 4824 return FALSE; 4825 4826 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL) 4827 { 4828 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info)) 4829 return FALSE; 4830 } 4831 4832 /* Write out the program headers. */ 4833 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 4834 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0 4835 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0) 4836 return FALSE; 4837 4838 off = tdata->next_file_pos; 4839 } 4840 4841 /* Place the section headers. */ 4842 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); 4843 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; 4844 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; 4845 4846 tdata->next_file_pos = off; 4847 4848 return TRUE; 4849 } 4850 4851 static bfd_boolean 4852 prep_headers (bfd *abfd) 4853 { 4854 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ 4855 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ 4856 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; 4857 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 4858 4859 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); 4860 4861 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); 4862 if (shstrtab == NULL) 4863 return FALSE; 4864 4865 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; 4866 4867 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; 4868 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; 4869 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; 4870 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; 4871 4872 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; 4873 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = 4874 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; 4875 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; 4876 4877 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) 4878 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; 4879 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) 4880 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; 4881 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) 4882 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; 4883 else 4884 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; 4885 4886 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) 4887 { 4888 case bfd_arch_unknown: 4889 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; 4890 break; 4891 4892 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting 4893 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE 4894 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, 4895 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling 4896 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), 4897 unless they need the information earlier than the final write. 4898 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for 4899 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ 4900 default: 4901 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; 4902 } 4903 4904 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; 4905 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 4906 4907 /* No program header, for now. */ 4908 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; 4909 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; 4910 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; 4911 4912 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ 4913 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); 4914 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; 4915 4916 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ 4917 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) 4918 /* It all happens later. */ 4919 ; 4920 else 4921 { 4922 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; 4923 i_phdrp = 0; 4924 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; 4925 } 4926 4927 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = 4928 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE); 4929 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = 4930 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE); 4931 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = 4932 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE); 4933 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 4934 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 4935 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) 4936 return FALSE; 4937 4938 return TRUE; 4939 } 4940 4941 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part 4942 of the loadable file image. */ 4943 4944 void 4945 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd) 4946 { 4947 file_ptr off; 4948 unsigned int i, num_sec; 4949 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; 4950 4951 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; 4952 4953 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 4954 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++) 4955 { 4956 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; 4957 4958 shdrp = *shdrpp; 4959 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) 4960 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) 4961 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE); 4962 } 4963 4964 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; 4965 } 4966 4967 bfd_boolean 4968 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) 4969 { 4970 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 4971 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; 4972 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; 4973 bfd_boolean failed; 4974 unsigned int count, num_sec; 4975 4976 if (! abfd->output_has_begun 4977 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) 4978 return FALSE; 4979 4980 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); 4981 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); 4982 4983 failed = FALSE; 4984 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); 4985 if (failed) 4986 return FALSE; 4987 4988 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); 4989 4990 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ 4991 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); 4992 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) 4993 { 4994 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) 4995 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); 4996 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) 4997 { 4998 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; 4999 5000 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 5001 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) 5002 return FALSE; 5003 } 5004 } 5005 5006 /* Write out the section header names. */ 5007 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL 5008 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 5009 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))) 5010 return FALSE; 5011 5012 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) 5013 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, 5014 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker); 5015 5016 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd)) 5017 return FALSE; 5018 5019 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */ 5020 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) 5021 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd); 5022 5023 return TRUE; 5024 } 5025 5026 bfd_boolean 5027 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) 5028 { 5029 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ 5030 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); 5031 } 5032 5033 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ 5034 5035 unsigned int 5036 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) 5037 { 5038 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 5039 unsigned int index; 5040 5041 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL 5042 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0) 5043 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx; 5044 5045 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) 5046 index = SHN_ABS; 5047 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) 5048 index = SHN_COMMON; 5049 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) 5050 index = SHN_UNDEF; 5051 else 5052 index = SHN_BAD; 5053 5054 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 5055 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) 5056 { 5057 int retval = index; 5058 5059 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) 5060 return retval; 5061 } 5062 5063 if (index == SHN_BAD) 5064 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); 5065 5066 return index; 5067 } 5068 5069 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 5070 on error. */ 5071 5072 int 5073 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) 5074 { 5075 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; 5076 int idx; 5077 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; 5078 5079 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its 5080 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the 5081 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating 5082 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the 5083 input sections rather than the output section. */ 5084 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 5085 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) 5086 && asym_ptr->section) 5087 { 5088 asection *sec; 5089 int indx; 5090 5091 sec = asym_ptr->section; 5092 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL) 5093 sec = sec->output_section; 5094 if (sec->owner == abfd 5095 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) 5096 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) 5097 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; 5098 } 5099 5100 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; 5101 5102 if (idx == 0) 5103 { 5104 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol 5105 which is used in a relocation entry. */ 5106 (*_bfd_error_handler) 5107 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"), 5108 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); 5109 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); 5110 return -1; 5111 } 5112 5113 #if DEBUG & 4 5114 { 5115 fprintf (stderr, 5116 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n", 5117 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, 5118 elf_symbol_flags (flags)); 5119 fflush (stderr); 5120 } 5121 #endif 5122 5123 return idx; 5124 } 5125 5126 /* Rewrite program header information. */ 5127 5128 static bfd_boolean 5129 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 5130 { 5131 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; 5132 struct elf_segment_map *map; 5133 struct elf_segment_map *map_first; 5134 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; 5135 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; 5136 asection *section; 5137 unsigned int i; 5138 unsigned int num_segments; 5139 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; 5140 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; 5141 bfd_vma maxpagesize; 5142 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; 5143 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; 5144 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 5145 5146 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); 5147 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); 5148 5149 map_first = NULL; 5150 pointer_to_map = &map_first; 5151 5152 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; 5153 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; 5154 5155 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ 5156 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ 5157 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ 5158 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) 5159 5160 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ 5161 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ 5162 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \ 5163 ? section->size : 0) 5164 5165 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within 5166 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ 5167 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ 5168 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ 5169 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ 5170 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) 5171 5172 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within 5173 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ 5174 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ 5175 (section->lma >= base \ 5176 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ 5177 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) 5178 5179 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */ 5180 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \ 5181 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ 5182 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \ 5183 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ 5184 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ 5185 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) 5186 5187 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo 5188 etc. */ 5189 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ 5190 (IS_NOTE (p, s) \ 5191 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ 5192 && s->vma == 0 \ 5193 && s->lma == 0) 5194 5195 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris 5196 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and 5197 p_memsz set to 0. */ 5198 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ 5199 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ 5200 && p->p_paddr == 0 \ 5201 && p->p_memsz == 0 \ 5202 && p->p_filesz > 0 \ 5203 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ 5204 && s->size > 0 \ 5205 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ 5206 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ 5207 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) 5208 5209 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. 5210 A section will be included if: 5211 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA 5212 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, 5213 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE 5214 segment. 5215 3. There is an output section associated with it, 5216 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. 5217 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. 5218 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. 5219 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. 5220 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning 5221 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */ 5222 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ 5223 ((((segment->p_paddr \ 5224 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ 5225 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ 5226 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ 5227 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \ 5228 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \ 5229 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \ 5230 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ 5231 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \ 5232 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \ 5233 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \ 5234 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \ 5235 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \ 5236 || (segment->p_paddr \ 5237 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \ 5238 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \ 5239 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \ 5240 == 0)) \ 5241 && !section->segment_mark) 5242 5243 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL, 5244 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */ 5245 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ 5246 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \ 5247 && section->output_section != NULL) 5248 5249 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ 5250 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ 5251 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) 5252 5253 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both 5254 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. 5255 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA 5256 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped 5257 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different 5258 LMA. */ 5259 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ 5260 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ 5261 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ 5262 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ 5263 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) 5264 5265 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ 5266 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) 5267 section->segment_mark = FALSE; 5268 5269 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the 5270 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a 5271 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it 5272 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */ 5273 p_paddr_valid = FALSE; 5274 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 5275 i < num_segments; 5276 i++, segment++) 5277 if (segment->p_paddr != 0) 5278 { 5279 p_paddr_valid = TRUE; 5280 break; 5281 } 5282 5283 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header 5284 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps 5285 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird 5286 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ 5287 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 5288 i < num_segments; 5289 i++, segment++) 5290 { 5291 unsigned int j; 5292 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; 5293 5294 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP) 5295 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) 5296 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) 5297 { 5298 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment 5299 assignment code will work. */ 5300 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma; 5301 break; 5302 } 5303 5304 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) 5305 { 5306 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ 5307 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) 5308 segment->p_type = PT_NULL; 5309 continue; 5310 } 5311 5312 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ 5313 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++) 5314 { 5315 bfd_signed_vma extra_length; 5316 5317 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD 5318 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) 5319 continue; 5320 5321 /* Merge the two segments together. */ 5322 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) 5323 { 5324 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete 5325 SEGMENT. */ 5326 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) 5327 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)); 5328 5329 if (extra_length > 0) 5330 { 5331 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; 5332 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; 5333 } 5334 5335 segment->p_type = PT_NULL; 5336 5337 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ 5338 i = 0; 5339 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 5340 break; 5341 } 5342 else 5343 { 5344 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete 5345 SEGMENT2. */ 5346 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) 5347 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)); 5348 5349 if (extra_length > 0) 5350 { 5351 segment->p_memsz += extra_length; 5352 segment->p_filesz += extra_length; 5353 } 5354 5355 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; 5356 } 5357 } 5358 } 5359 5360 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ 5361 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 5362 i < num_segments; 5363 i++, segment++) 5364 { 5365 unsigned int section_count; 5366 asection **sections; 5367 asection *output_section; 5368 unsigned int isec; 5369 bfd_vma matching_lma; 5370 bfd_vma suggested_lma; 5371 unsigned int j; 5372 bfd_size_type amt; 5373 asection *first_section; 5374 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma; 5375 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma; 5376 5377 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) 5378 continue; 5379 5380 first_section = NULL; 5381 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ 5382 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; 5383 section != NULL; 5384 section = section->next) 5385 { 5386 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be 5387 removed from the corresponding output segment. */ 5388 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) 5389 { 5390 if (first_section == NULL) 5391 first_section = section; 5392 if (section->output_section != NULL) 5393 ++section_count; 5394 } 5395 } 5396 5397 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain 5398 all of the sections we have selected. */ 5399 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 5400 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 5401 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); 5402 if (map == NULL) 5403 return FALSE; 5404 5405 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to 5406 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ 5407 map->next = NULL; 5408 map->p_type = segment->p_type; 5409 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; 5410 map->p_flags_valid = 1; 5411 5412 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is 5413 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding 5414 output segment. */ 5415 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL) 5416 { 5417 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; 5418 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; 5419 } 5420 5421 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header 5422 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ 5423 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 5424 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); 5425 map->includes_phdrs = 0; 5426 5427 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) 5428 { 5429 map->includes_phdrs = 5430 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff 5431 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz 5432 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff 5433 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); 5434 5435 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) 5436 phdr_included = TRUE; 5437 } 5438 5439 if (section_count == 0) 5440 { 5441 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain 5442 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain 5443 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only 5444 a warning is produced. */ 5445 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) 5446 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment" 5447 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"), 5448 ibfd); 5449 5450 map->count = 0; 5451 *pointer_to_map = map; 5452 pointer_to_map = &map->next; 5453 5454 continue; 5455 } 5456 5457 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt 5458 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. 5459 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has 5460 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: 5461 5462 1. None of the sections have been moved. 5463 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the 5464 input BFD. 5465 5466 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. 5467 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA 5468 of the first section. 5469 5470 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. 5471 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be 5472 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, 5473 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will 5474 have to be created to contain the other sections. 5475 5476 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. 5477 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA 5478 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment 5479 or segments to contain the other sections. 5480 5481 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section 5482 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned 5483 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ 5484 5485 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *)); 5486 if (sections == NULL) 5487 return FALSE; 5488 5489 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. 5490 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. 5491 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common 5492 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that 5493 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing 5494 more to do. */ 5495 isec = 0; 5496 matching_lma = 0; 5497 suggested_lma = 0; 5498 first_matching_lma = TRUE; 5499 first_suggested_lma = TRUE; 5500 5501 for (section = ibfd->sections; 5502 section != NULL; 5503 section = section->next) 5504 if (section == first_section) 5505 break; 5506 5507 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next) 5508 { 5509 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) 5510 { 5511 output_section = section->output_section; 5512 5513 sections[j++] = section; 5514 5515 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. 5516 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the 5517 correct value. Note - some backends require that 5518 p_paddr be left as zero. */ 5519 if (!p_paddr_valid 5520 && segment->p_vaddr != 0 5521 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero 5522 && isec == 0 5523 && output_section->lma != 0 5524 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr 5525 + (map->includes_filehdr 5526 ? iehdr->e_ehsize 5527 : 0) 5528 + (map->includes_phdrs 5529 ? (iehdr->e_phnum 5530 * iehdr->e_phentsize) 5531 : 0))) 5532 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; 5533 5534 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the 5535 LMA address of the output section. */ 5536 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) 5537 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) 5538 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero 5539 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))) 5540 { 5541 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma) 5542 { 5543 matching_lma = output_section->lma; 5544 first_matching_lma = FALSE; 5545 } 5546 5547 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment 5548 then it does not overlap any other section within that 5549 segment. */ 5550 map->sections[isec++] = output_section; 5551 } 5552 else if (first_suggested_lma) 5553 { 5554 suggested_lma = output_section->lma; 5555 first_suggested_lma = FALSE; 5556 } 5557 5558 if (j == section_count) 5559 break; 5560 } 5561 } 5562 5563 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); 5564 5565 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, 5566 if necessary. */ 5567 if (isec == section_count) 5568 { 5569 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently 5570 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to 5571 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next 5572 program header in the input BFD. */ 5573 map->count = section_count; 5574 *pointer_to_map = map; 5575 pointer_to_map = &map->next; 5576 5577 if (p_paddr_valid 5578 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero 5579 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr 5580 && !map->includes_filehdr 5581 && !map->includes_phdrs) 5582 /* There is some padding before the first section in the 5583 segment. So, we must account for that in the output 5584 segment's vma. */ 5585 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr; 5586 5587 free (sections); 5588 continue; 5589 } 5590 else 5591 { 5592 if (!first_matching_lma) 5593 { 5594 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. 5595 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the 5596 LMA of the first section that fitted. */ 5597 map->p_paddr = matching_lma; 5598 } 5599 else 5600 { 5601 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. 5602 Change the current segment's physical address to match 5603 the LMA of the first section. */ 5604 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; 5605 } 5606 5607 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma 5608 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ 5609 if (map->includes_filehdr) 5610 { 5611 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize) 5612 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; 5613 else 5614 { 5615 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE; 5616 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; 5617 } 5618 } 5619 5620 if (map->includes_phdrs) 5621 { 5622 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize) 5623 { 5624 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; 5625 5626 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number 5627 of program headers that we will need. Make a note 5628 here of the number we used and the segment we chose 5629 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the 5630 offset when we know the correct value. */ 5631 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; 5632 phdr_adjust_seg = map; 5633 } 5634 else 5635 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; 5636 } 5637 } 5638 5639 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning 5640 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the 5641 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all 5642 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is 5643 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain 5644 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating 5645 the loop. */ 5646 isec = 0; 5647 do 5648 { 5649 map->count = 0; 5650 suggested_lma = 0; 5651 first_suggested_lma = TRUE; 5652 5653 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ 5654 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) 5655 { 5656 section = sections[j]; 5657 5658 if (section == NULL) 5659 continue; 5660 5661 output_section = section->output_section; 5662 5663 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); 5664 5665 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) 5666 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) 5667 { 5668 if (map->count == 0) 5669 { 5670 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at 5671 the beginning of the segment, then something is 5672 wrong. */ 5673 if (output_section->lma 5674 != (map->p_paddr 5675 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) 5676 + (map->includes_phdrs 5677 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize 5678 : 0))) 5679 abort (); 5680 } 5681 else 5682 { 5683 asection *prev_sec; 5684 5685 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; 5686 5687 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section 5688 and the start of this section is more than 5689 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ 5690 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size, 5691 maxpagesize) 5692 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) 5693 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size 5694 > output_section->lma)) 5695 { 5696 if (first_suggested_lma) 5697 { 5698 suggested_lma = output_section->lma; 5699 first_suggested_lma = FALSE; 5700 } 5701 5702 continue; 5703 } 5704 } 5705 5706 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; 5707 ++isec; 5708 sections[j] = NULL; 5709 section->segment_mark = TRUE; 5710 } 5711 else if (first_suggested_lma) 5712 { 5713 suggested_lma = output_section->lma; 5714 first_suggested_lma = FALSE; 5715 } 5716 } 5717 5718 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0); 5719 5720 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ 5721 *pointer_to_map = map; 5722 pointer_to_map = &map->next; 5723 5724 if (isec < section_count) 5725 { 5726 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to 5727 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it 5728 and carry on looping. */ 5729 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 5730 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 5731 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); 5732 if (map == NULL) 5733 { 5734 free (sections); 5735 return FALSE; 5736 } 5737 5738 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical 5739 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has 5740 not yet been assigned. */ 5741 map->next = NULL; 5742 map->p_type = segment->p_type; 5743 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; 5744 map->p_flags_valid = 1; 5745 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; 5746 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; 5747 map->includes_filehdr = 0; 5748 map->includes_phdrs = 0; 5749 } 5750 } 5751 while (isec < section_count); 5752 5753 free (sections); 5754 } 5755 5756 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; 5757 5758 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were 5759 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust 5760 the offset if necessary. */ 5761 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) 5762 { 5763 unsigned int count; 5764 5765 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) 5766 count++; 5767 5768 if (count > phdr_adjust_num) 5769 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr 5770 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; 5771 } 5772 5773 #undef SEGMENT_END 5774 #undef SECTION_SIZE 5775 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA 5776 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA 5777 #undef IS_NOTE 5778 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE 5779 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP 5780 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT 5781 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT 5782 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT 5783 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS 5784 return TRUE; 5785 } 5786 5787 /* Copy ELF program header information. */ 5788 5789 static bfd_boolean 5790 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 5791 { 5792 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; 5793 struct elf_segment_map *map; 5794 struct elf_segment_map *map_first; 5795 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; 5796 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; 5797 unsigned int i; 5798 unsigned int num_segments; 5799 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; 5800 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; 5801 5802 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); 5803 5804 map_first = NULL; 5805 pointer_to_map = &map_first; 5806 5807 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set 5808 map->p_paddr_valid. */ 5809 p_paddr_valid = FALSE; 5810 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; 5811 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 5812 i < num_segments; 5813 i++, segment++) 5814 if (segment->p_paddr != 0) 5815 { 5816 p_paddr_valid = TRUE; 5817 break; 5818 } 5819 5820 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 5821 i < num_segments; 5822 i++, segment++) 5823 { 5824 asection *section; 5825 unsigned int section_count; 5826 bfd_size_type amt; 5827 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; 5828 asection *first_section = NULL; 5829 asection *lowest_section = NULL; 5830 5831 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */ 5832 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; 5833 section != NULL; 5834 section = section->next) 5835 { 5836 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); 5837 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)) 5838 { 5839 if (!first_section) 5840 first_section = lowest_section = section; 5841 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma) 5842 lowest_section = section; 5843 section_count++; 5844 } 5845 } 5846 5847 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain 5848 all of the sections we have selected. */ 5849 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 5850 if (section_count != 0) 5851 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 5852 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); 5853 if (map == NULL) 5854 return FALSE; 5855 5856 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the 5857 input segment. */ 5858 map->next = NULL; 5859 map->p_type = segment->p_type; 5860 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; 5861 map->p_flags_valid = 1; 5862 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; 5863 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; 5864 map->p_align = segment->p_align; 5865 map->p_align_valid = 1; 5866 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0; 5867 5868 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO 5869 && segment->p_filesz == segment->p_memsz) 5870 { 5871 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few 5872 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt 5873 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't 5874 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ 5875 map->p_size = segment->p_filesz; 5876 map->p_size_valid = 1; 5877 } 5878 5879 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header 5880 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ 5881 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 5882 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); 5883 5884 map->includes_phdrs = 0; 5885 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) 5886 { 5887 map->includes_phdrs = 5888 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff 5889 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz 5890 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff 5891 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); 5892 5893 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) 5894 phdr_included = TRUE; 5895 } 5896 5897 if (map->includes_filehdr && first_section) 5898 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */ 5899 map->header_size = first_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr; 5900 5901 if (!map->includes_phdrs 5902 && !map->includes_filehdr 5903 && map->p_paddr_valid) 5904 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */ 5905 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0) 5906 - segment->p_paddr); 5907 5908 if (section_count != 0) 5909 { 5910 unsigned int isec = 0; 5911 5912 for (section = first_section; 5913 section != NULL; 5914 section = section->next) 5915 { 5916 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); 5917 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)) 5918 { 5919 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section; 5920 if (isec == section_count) 5921 break; 5922 } 5923 } 5924 } 5925 5926 map->count = section_count; 5927 *pointer_to_map = map; 5928 pointer_to_map = &map->next; 5929 } 5930 5931 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; 5932 return TRUE; 5933 } 5934 5935 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header 5936 information. */ 5937 5938 static bfd_boolean 5939 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 5940 { 5941 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour 5942 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 5943 return TRUE; 5944 5945 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) 5946 return TRUE; 5947 5948 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) 5949 { 5950 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD 5951 covered by ELF program header have changed. */ 5952 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; 5953 asection *section, *osec; 5954 unsigned int i, num_segments; 5955 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; 5956 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 5957 5958 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); 5959 5960 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */ 5961 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) 5962 goto rewrite; 5963 5964 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */ 5965 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; 5966 section = section->next) 5967 section->segment_mark = FALSE; 5968 5969 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; 5970 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; 5971 i < num_segments; 5972 i++, segment++) 5973 { 5974 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr 5975 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0 5976 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment 5977 map in this case. */ 5978 if (segment->p_paddr == 0 5979 && segment->p_memsz == 0 5980 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)) 5981 goto rewrite; 5982 5983 for (section = ibfd->sections; 5984 section != NULL; section = section->next) 5985 { 5986 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes 5987 from the input BFD. */ 5988 osec = section->output_section; 5989 if (osec) 5990 osec->segment_mark = TRUE; 5991 5992 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */ 5993 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); 5994 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)) 5995 { 5996 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or 5997 removed. What else do we need to check? */ 5998 if (osec == NULL 5999 || section->flags != osec->flags 6000 || section->lma != osec->lma 6001 || section->vma != osec->vma 6002 || section->size != osec->size 6003 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize 6004 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power) 6005 goto rewrite; 6006 } 6007 } 6008 } 6009 6010 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the 6011 input BFD. */ 6012 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; 6013 section = section->next) 6014 { 6015 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE) 6016 goto rewrite; 6017 else 6018 section->segment_mark = FALSE; 6019 } 6020 6021 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); 6022 } 6023 6024 rewrite: 6025 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); 6026 } 6027 6028 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */ 6029 6030 bfd_boolean 6031 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, 6032 asection *isec, 6033 bfd *obfd, 6034 asection *osec, 6035 struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 6036 6037 { 6038 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; 6039 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable; 6040 6041 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour 6042 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 6043 return TRUE; 6044 6045 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the 6046 output BFD section flags have been set to something different. 6047 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD 6048 section flags. */ 6049 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL 6050 && (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags)) 6051 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec); 6052 6053 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */ 6054 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec) 6055 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC)); 6056 6057 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output 6058 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back 6059 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section. 6060 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */ 6061 if (need_group) 6062 { 6063 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL 6064 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) 6065 { 6066 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP) 6067 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP; 6068 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec); 6069 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group; 6070 } 6071 } 6072 6073 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; 6074 6075 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We 6076 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it 6077 may be NULL at this point. */ 6078 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) 6079 { 6080 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; 6081 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER; 6082 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec); 6083 } 6084 6085 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; 6086 6087 return TRUE; 6088 } 6089 6090 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize 6091 field, and sometimes the info field. */ 6092 6093 bfd_boolean 6094 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, 6095 asection *isec, 6096 bfd *obfd, 6097 asection *osec) 6098 { 6099 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; 6100 6101 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour 6102 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 6103 return TRUE; 6104 6105 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; 6106 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; 6107 6108 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; 6109 6110 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB 6111 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM 6112 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed 6113 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) 6114 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; 6115 6116 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec, 6117 NULL); 6118 } 6119 6120 /* Copy private header information. */ 6121 6122 bfd_boolean 6123 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 6124 { 6125 asection *isec; 6126 6127 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour 6128 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 6129 return TRUE; 6130 6131 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. 6132 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data 6133 entry point, because the latter is called after the section 6134 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have 6135 already been worked out. */ 6136 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) 6137 { 6138 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) 6139 return FALSE; 6140 } 6141 6142 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag 6143 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */ 6144 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next) 6145 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP 6146 && isec->output_section == NULL) 6147 { 6148 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec); 6149 asection *s = first; 6150 while (s != NULL) 6151 { 6152 if (s->output_section != NULL) 6153 { 6154 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP; 6155 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL; 6156 } 6157 s = elf_next_in_group (s); 6158 if (s == first) 6159 break; 6160 } 6161 } 6162 6163 return TRUE; 6164 } 6165 6166 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section 6167 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section 6168 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped 6169 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the 6170 swap_out_syms function. */ 6171 6172 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1) 6173 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2) 6174 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3) 6175 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4) 6176 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5) 6177 6178 bfd_boolean 6179 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, 6180 asymbol *isymarg, 6181 bfd *obfd, 6182 asymbol *osymarg) 6183 { 6184 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; 6185 6186 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour 6187 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 6188 return TRUE; 6189 6190 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); 6191 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); 6192 6193 if (isym != NULL 6194 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 6195 && osym != NULL 6196 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) 6197 { 6198 unsigned int shndx; 6199 6200 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; 6201 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) 6202 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; 6203 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) 6204 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; 6205 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section) 6206 shndx = MAP_STRTAB; 6207 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section) 6208 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; 6209 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section) 6210 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX; 6211 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; 6212 } 6213 6214 return TRUE; 6215 } 6216 6217 /* Swap out the symbols. */ 6218 6219 static bfd_boolean 6220 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, 6221 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp, 6222 int relocatable_p) 6223 { 6224 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 6225 int symcount; 6226 asymbol **syms; 6227 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; 6228 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6229 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; 6230 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; 6231 bfd_byte *outbound_syms; 6232 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx; 6233 int idx; 6234 bfd_size_type amt; 6235 bfd_boolean name_local_sections; 6236 6237 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) 6238 return FALSE; 6239 6240 /* Dump out the symtabs. */ 6241 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); 6242 if (stt == NULL) 6243 return FALSE; 6244 6245 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 6246 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); 6247 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 6248 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; 6249 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; 6250 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); 6251 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1; 6252 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; 6253 6254 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; 6255 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; 6256 6257 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym); 6258 if (outbound_syms == NULL) 6259 { 6260 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); 6261 return FALSE; 6262 } 6263 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; 6264 6265 outbound_shndx = NULL; 6266 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; 6267 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) 6268 { 6269 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 6270 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, 6271 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); 6272 if (outbound_shndx == NULL) 6273 { 6274 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); 6275 return FALSE; 6276 } 6277 6278 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; 6279 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX; 6280 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; 6281 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 6282 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 6283 } 6284 6285 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ 6286 { 6287 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ 6288 Elf_Internal_Sym sym; 6289 sym.st_name = 0; 6290 sym.st_value = 0; 6291 sym.st_size = 0; 6292 sym.st_info = 0; 6293 sym.st_other = 0; 6294 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; 6295 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); 6296 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; 6297 if (outbound_shndx != NULL) 6298 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 6299 } 6300 6301 name_local_sections 6302 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols 6303 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); 6304 6305 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); 6306 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) 6307 { 6308 Elf_Internal_Sym sym; 6309 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; 6310 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; 6311 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; 6312 int type; 6313 6314 if (!name_local_sections 6315 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) 6316 { 6317 /* Local section symbols have no name. */ 6318 sym.st_name = 0; 6319 } 6320 else 6321 { 6322 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, 6323 syms[idx]->name, 6324 TRUE, FALSE); 6325 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) 6326 { 6327 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); 6328 return FALSE; 6329 } 6330 } 6331 6332 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); 6333 6334 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 6335 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) 6336 { 6337 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, 6338 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from 6339 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ 6340 sym.st_size = value; 6341 if (type_ptr == NULL 6342 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) 6343 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); 6344 else 6345 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; 6346 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section 6347 (abfd, syms[idx]->section); 6348 } 6349 else 6350 { 6351 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; 6352 unsigned int shndx; 6353 6354 if (sec->output_section) 6355 { 6356 value += sec->output_offset; 6357 sec = sec->output_section; 6358 } 6359 6360 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ 6361 if (! relocatable_p) 6362 value += sec->vma; 6363 sym.st_value = value; 6364 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; 6365 6366 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) 6367 && type_ptr != NULL 6368 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) 6369 { 6370 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did 6371 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done 6372 by copy_private_symbol_data. */ 6373 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; 6374 switch (shndx) 6375 { 6376 case MAP_ONESYMTAB: 6377 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); 6378 break; 6379 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: 6380 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); 6381 break; 6382 case MAP_STRTAB: 6383 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section; 6384 break; 6385 case MAP_SHSTRTAB: 6386 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section; 6387 break; 6388 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX: 6389 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section; 6390 break; 6391 default: 6392 break; 6393 } 6394 } 6395 else 6396 { 6397 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); 6398 6399 if (shndx == SHN_BAD) 6400 { 6401 asection *sec2; 6402 6403 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if 6404 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and 6405 knew what to expect of the library, and what to 6406 demand of applications. For example, it 6407 appears that `objcopy' might not set the 6408 section of a symbol to be a section that is 6409 actually in the output file. */ 6410 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); 6411 if (sec2 == NULL) 6412 { 6413 _bfd_error_handler (_("\ 6414 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"), 6415 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>", 6416 sec->name); 6417 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 6418 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); 6419 return FALSE; 6420 } 6421 6422 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); 6423 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD); 6424 } 6425 } 6426 6427 sym.st_shndx = shndx; 6428 } 6429 6430 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) 6431 type = STT_TLS; 6432 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) 6433 type = STT_FUNC; 6434 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) 6435 type = STT_OBJECT; 6436 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0) 6437 type = STT_RELC; 6438 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0) 6439 type = STT_SRELC; 6440 else 6441 type = STT_NOTYPE; 6442 6443 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) 6444 type = STT_TLS; 6445 6446 /* Processor-specific types. */ 6447 if (type_ptr != NULL 6448 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) 6449 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) 6450 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); 6451 6452 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) 6453 { 6454 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) 6455 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); 6456 else 6457 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); 6458 } 6459 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) 6460 { 6461 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON 6462 if (type == STT_OBJECT) 6463 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON); 6464 else 6465 #else 6466 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); 6467 #endif 6468 } 6469 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) 6470 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) 6471 ? STB_WEAK 6472 : STB_GLOBAL), 6473 type); 6474 else if (flags & BSF_FILE) 6475 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); 6476 else 6477 { 6478 int bind = STB_LOCAL; 6479 6480 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) 6481 bind = STB_LOCAL; 6482 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) 6483 bind = STB_WEAK; 6484 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) 6485 bind = STB_GLOBAL; 6486 6487 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); 6488 } 6489 6490 if (type_ptr != NULL) 6491 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; 6492 else 6493 sym.st_other = 0; 6494 6495 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); 6496 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; 6497 if (outbound_shndx != NULL) 6498 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); 6499 } 6500 6501 *sttp = stt; 6502 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); 6503 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; 6504 6505 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; 6506 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; 6507 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; 6508 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; 6509 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; 6510 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; 6511 6512 return TRUE; 6513 } 6514 6515 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. 6516 6517 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate 6518 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table 6519 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ 6520 6521 long 6522 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) 6523 { 6524 long symcount; 6525 long symtab_size; 6526 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 6527 6528 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; 6529 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); 6530 if (symcount > 0) 6531 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); 6532 6533 return symtab_size; 6534 } 6535 6536 long 6537 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) 6538 { 6539 long symcount; 6540 long symtab_size; 6541 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; 6542 6543 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) 6544 { 6545 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 6546 return -1; 6547 } 6548 6549 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; 6550 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); 6551 if (symcount > 0) 6552 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); 6553 6554 return symtab_size; 6555 } 6556 6557 long 6558 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6559 sec_ptr asect) 6560 { 6561 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); 6562 } 6563 6564 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ 6565 6566 long 6567 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, 6568 sec_ptr section, 6569 arelent **relptr, 6570 asymbol **symbols) 6571 { 6572 arelent *tblptr; 6573 unsigned int i; 6574 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 6575 6576 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE)) 6577 return -1; 6578 6579 tblptr = section->relocation; 6580 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) 6581 *relptr++ = tblptr++; 6582 6583 *relptr = NULL; 6584 6585 return section->reloc_count; 6586 } 6587 6588 long 6589 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) 6590 { 6591 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 6592 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE); 6593 6594 if (symcount >= 0) 6595 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; 6596 return symcount; 6597 } 6598 6599 long 6600 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, 6601 asymbol **allocation) 6602 { 6603 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 6604 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE); 6605 6606 if (symcount >= 0) 6607 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount; 6608 return symcount; 6609 } 6610 6611 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable 6612 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL 6613 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a 6614 dynamic reloc section. */ 6615 6616 long 6617 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) 6618 { 6619 long ret; 6620 asection *s; 6621 6622 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) 6623 { 6624 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 6625 return -1; 6626 } 6627 6628 ret = sizeof (arelent *); 6629 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 6630 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) 6631 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL 6632 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) 6633 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) 6634 * sizeof (arelent *)); 6635 6636 return ret; 6637 } 6638 6639 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the 6640 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually 6641 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was 6642 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only 6643 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually 6644 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the 6645 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ 6646 6647 long 6648 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, 6649 arelent **storage, 6650 asymbol **syms) 6651 { 6652 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); 6653 asection *s; 6654 long ret; 6655 6656 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) 6657 { 6658 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 6659 return -1; 6660 } 6661 6662 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; 6663 ret = 0; 6664 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 6665 { 6666 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) 6667 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL 6668 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) 6669 { 6670 arelent *p; 6671 long count, i; 6672 6673 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE)) 6674 return -1; 6675 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; 6676 p = s->relocation; 6677 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) 6678 *storage++ = p++; 6679 ret += count; 6680 } 6681 } 6682 6683 *storage = NULL; 6684 6685 return ret; 6686 } 6687 6688 /* Read in the version information. */ 6690 6691 bfd_boolean 6692 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver) 6693 { 6694 bfd_byte *contents = NULL; 6695 unsigned int freeidx = 0; 6696 6697 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) 6698 { 6699 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 6700 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; 6701 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; 6702 unsigned int i; 6703 bfd_byte *contents_end; 6704 6705 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; 6706 6707 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, 6708 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)); 6709 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) 6710 goto error_return; 6711 6712 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; 6713 6714 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); 6715 if (contents == NULL) 6716 { 6717 error_return_verref: 6718 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL; 6719 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0; 6720 goto error_return; 6721 } 6722 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 6723 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) 6724 goto error_return_verref; 6725 6726 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)) 6727 goto error_return_verref; 6728 6729 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed) 6730 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux)); 6731 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed); 6732 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; 6733 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; 6734 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) 6735 { 6736 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; 6737 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; 6738 unsigned int j; 6739 6740 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); 6741 6742 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; 6743 6744 iverneed->vn_filename = 6745 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, 6746 iverneed->vn_file); 6747 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) 6748 goto error_return_verref; 6749 6750 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0) 6751 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL; 6752 else 6753 { 6754 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt, 6755 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)); 6756 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL) 6757 goto error_return_verref; 6758 } 6759 6760 if (iverneed->vn_aux 6761 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) 6762 goto error_return_verref; 6763 6764 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) 6765 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); 6766 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; 6767 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) 6768 { 6769 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); 6770 6771 ivernaux->vna_nodename = 6772 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, 6773 ivernaux->vna_name); 6774 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) 6775 goto error_return_verref; 6776 6777 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) 6778 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; 6779 else 6780 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; 6781 6782 if (ivernaux->vna_next 6783 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux)) 6784 goto error_return_verref; 6785 6786 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) 6787 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); 6788 6789 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx) 6790 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other; 6791 } 6792 6793 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) 6794 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; 6795 else 6796 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; 6797 6798 if (iverneed->vn_next 6799 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) 6800 goto error_return_verref; 6801 6802 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) 6803 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); 6804 } 6805 6806 free (contents); 6807 contents = NULL; 6808 } 6809 6810 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) 6811 { 6812 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 6813 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; 6814 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; 6815 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; 6816 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; 6817 unsigned int i; 6818 unsigned int maxidx; 6819 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux; 6820 6821 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; 6822 6823 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); 6824 if (contents == NULL) 6825 goto error_return; 6826 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 6827 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) 6828 goto error_return; 6829 6830 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)) 6831 goto error_return; 6832 6833 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef) 6834 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux)); 6835 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size 6836 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef); 6837 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size 6838 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux); 6839 6840 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum 6841 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find 6842 the maximum. */ 6843 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; 6844 maxidx = 0; 6845 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) 6846 { 6847 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); 6848 6849 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) 6850 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); 6851 6852 if (iverdefmem.vd_next 6853 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) 6854 goto error_return; 6855 6856 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) 6857 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); 6858 } 6859 6860 if (default_imported_symver) 6861 { 6862 if (freeidx > maxidx) 6863 maxidx = ++freeidx; 6864 else 6865 freeidx = ++maxidx; 6866 } 6867 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, 6868 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); 6869 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) 6870 goto error_return; 6871 6872 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; 6873 6874 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; 6875 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; 6876 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) 6877 { 6878 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; 6879 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; 6880 unsigned int j; 6881 6882 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); 6883 6884 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0) 6885 { 6886 error_return_verdef: 6887 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL; 6888 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0; 6889 goto error_return; 6890 } 6891 6892 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; 6893 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); 6894 6895 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; 6896 6897 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0) 6898 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL; 6899 else 6900 { 6901 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt, 6902 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); 6903 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) 6904 goto error_return_verdef; 6905 } 6906 6907 if (iverdef->vd_aux 6908 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) 6909 goto error_return_verdef; 6910 6911 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) 6912 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); 6913 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; 6914 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) 6915 { 6916 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); 6917 6918 iverdaux->vda_nodename = 6919 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, 6920 iverdaux->vda_name); 6921 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) 6922 goto error_return_verdef; 6923 6924 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) 6925 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; 6926 else 6927 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; 6928 6929 if (iverdaux->vda_next 6930 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux)) 6931 goto error_return_verdef; 6932 6933 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) 6934 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); 6935 } 6936 6937 if (iverdef->vd_cnt) 6938 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; 6939 6940 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx) 6941 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; 6942 else 6943 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; 6944 6945 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) 6946 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); 6947 } 6948 6949 free (contents); 6950 contents = NULL; 6951 } 6952 else if (default_imported_symver) 6953 { 6954 if (freeidx < 3) 6955 freeidx = 3; 6956 else 6957 freeidx++; 6958 6959 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, 6960 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); 6961 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) 6962 goto error_return; 6963 6964 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx; 6965 } 6966 6967 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */ 6968 if (default_imported_symver) 6969 { 6970 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; 6971 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; 6972 6973 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];; 6974 6975 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT; 6976 iverdef->vd_flags = 0; 6977 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx; 6978 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1; 6979 6980 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; 6981 6982 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd); 6983 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL) 6984 goto error_return_verdef; 6985 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; 6986 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); 6987 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) 6988 goto error_return_verdef; 6989 6990 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; 6991 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename; 6992 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; 6993 } 6994 6995 return TRUE; 6996 6997 error_return: 6998 if (contents != NULL) 6999 free (contents); 7000 return FALSE; 7001 } 7002 7003 asymbol * 7005 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) 7006 { 7007 elf_symbol_type *newsym; 7008 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); 7009 7010 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 7011 if (!newsym) 7012 return NULL; 7013 else 7014 { 7015 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; 7016 return &newsym->symbol; 7017 } 7018 } 7019 7020 void 7021 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7022 asymbol *symbol, 7023 symbol_info *ret) 7024 { 7025 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); 7026 } 7027 7028 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets 7029 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some 7030 override it. */ 7031 7032 bfd_boolean 7033 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7034 const char *name) 7035 { 7036 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ 7037 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') 7038 return TRUE; 7039 7040 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate 7041 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ 7042 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') 7043 return TRUE; 7044 7045 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when 7046 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a 7047 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call 7048 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading 7049 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, 7050 we treat such symbols as local. */ 7051 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') 7052 return TRUE; 7053 7054 return FALSE; 7055 } 7056 7057 alent * 7058 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7059 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7060 { 7061 abort (); 7062 return NULL; 7063 } 7064 7065 bfd_boolean 7066 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, 7067 enum bfd_architecture arch, 7068 unsigned long machine) 7069 { 7070 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this 7071 isn't the generic backend, fail. */ 7072 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch 7073 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown 7074 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) 7075 return FALSE; 7076 7077 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); 7078 } 7079 7080 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset, 7081 for error reporting. */ 7082 7083 static bfd_boolean 7084 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7085 asection *section, 7086 asymbol **symbols, 7087 bfd_vma offset, 7088 const char **filename_ptr, 7089 const char **functionname_ptr) 7090 { 7091 const char *filename; 7092 asymbol *func, *file; 7093 bfd_vma low_func; 7094 asymbol **p; 7095 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably 7096 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are 7097 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any 7098 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a 7099 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently 7100 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to 7101 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring 7102 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */ 7103 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state; 7104 7105 filename = NULL; 7106 func = NULL; 7107 file = NULL; 7108 low_func = 0; 7109 state = nothing_seen; 7110 7111 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++) 7112 { 7113 elf_symbol_type *q; 7114 7115 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p; 7116 7117 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info)) 7118 { 7119 default: 7120 break; 7121 case STT_FILE: 7122 file = &q->symbol; 7123 if (state == symbol_seen) 7124 state = file_after_symbol_seen; 7125 continue; 7126 case STT_NOTYPE: 7127 case STT_FUNC: 7128 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section 7129 && q->symbol.value >= low_func 7130 && q->symbol.value <= offset) 7131 { 7132 func = (asymbol *) q; 7133 low_func = q->symbol.value; 7134 filename = NULL; 7135 if (file != NULL 7136 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL 7137 || state != file_after_symbol_seen)) 7138 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file); 7139 } 7140 break; 7141 } 7142 if (state == nothing_seen) 7143 state = symbol_seen; 7144 } 7145 7146 if (func == NULL) 7147 return FALSE; 7148 7149 if (filename_ptr) 7150 *filename_ptr = filename; 7151 if (functionname_ptr) 7152 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func); 7153 7154 return TRUE; 7155 } 7156 7157 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, 7158 for error reporting. */ 7159 7160 bfd_boolean 7161 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, 7162 asection *section, 7163 asymbol **symbols, 7164 bfd_vma offset, 7165 const char **filename_ptr, 7166 const char **functionname_ptr, 7167 unsigned int *line_ptr) 7168 { 7169 bfd_boolean found; 7170 7171 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 7172 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, 7173 line_ptr)) 7174 { 7175 if (!*functionname_ptr) 7176 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 7177 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, 7178 functionname_ptr); 7179 7180 return TRUE; 7181 } 7182 7183 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 7184 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, 7185 line_ptr, 0, 7186 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) 7187 { 7188 if (!*functionname_ptr) 7189 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 7190 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, 7191 functionname_ptr); 7192 7193 return TRUE; 7194 } 7195 7196 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, 7197 &found, filename_ptr, 7198 functionname_ptr, line_ptr, 7199 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) 7200 return FALSE; 7201 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) 7202 return TRUE; 7203 7204 if (symbols == NULL) 7205 return FALSE; 7206 7207 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 7208 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) 7209 return FALSE; 7210 7211 *line_ptr = 0; 7212 return TRUE; 7213 } 7214 7215 /* Find the line for a symbol. */ 7216 7217 bfd_boolean 7218 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, 7219 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr) 7220 { 7221 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, 7222 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0, 7223 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); 7224 } 7225 7226 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to 7227 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about 7228 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address 7229 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported 7230 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */ 7231 7232 bfd_boolean 7233 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, 7234 const char **filename_ptr, 7235 const char **functionname_ptr, 7236 unsigned int *line_ptr) 7237 { 7238 bfd_boolean found; 7239 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, 7240 functionname_ptr, line_ptr, 7241 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); 7242 return found; 7243 } 7244 7245 int 7246 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 7247 { 7248 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 7249 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; 7250 7251 if (!info->relocatable) 7252 { 7253 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; 7254 7255 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) 7256 { 7257 struct elf_segment_map *m; 7258 7259 phdr_size = 0; 7260 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) 7261 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr; 7262 7263 if (phdr_size == 0) 7264 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); 7265 } 7266 7267 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size; 7268 ret += phdr_size; 7269 } 7270 7271 return ret; 7272 } 7273 7274 bfd_boolean 7275 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, 7276 sec_ptr section, 7277 const void *location, 7278 file_ptr offset, 7279 bfd_size_type count) 7280 { 7281 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 7282 bfd_signed_vma pos; 7283 7284 if (! abfd->output_has_begun 7285 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) 7286 return FALSE; 7287 7288 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; 7289 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; 7290 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 7291 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) 7292 return FALSE; 7293 7294 return TRUE; 7295 } 7296 7297 void 7298 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7299 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7300 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7301 { 7302 abort (); 7303 } 7304 7305 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ 7306 7307 bfd_boolean 7308 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) 7309 { 7310 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ 7311 7312 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) 7313 { 7314 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; 7315 reloc_howto_type *howto; 7316 7317 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an 7318 equivalent ELF reloc. */ 7319 7320 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) 7321 { 7322 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) 7323 { 7324 case 8: 7325 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; 7326 break; 7327 case 12: 7328 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; 7329 break; 7330 case 16: 7331 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; 7332 break; 7333 case 24: 7334 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; 7335 break; 7336 case 32: 7337 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; 7338 break; 7339 case 64: 7340 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; 7341 break; 7342 default: 7343 goto fail; 7344 } 7345 7346 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); 7347 7348 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) 7349 { 7350 if (howto->pcrel_offset) 7351 areloc->addend += areloc->address; 7352 else 7353 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ 7354 } 7355 } 7356 else 7357 { 7358 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) 7359 { 7360 case 8: 7361 code = BFD_RELOC_8; 7362 break; 7363 case 14: 7364 code = BFD_RELOC_14; 7365 break; 7366 case 16: 7367 code = BFD_RELOC_16; 7368 break; 7369 case 26: 7370 code = BFD_RELOC_26; 7371 break; 7372 case 32: 7373 code = BFD_RELOC_32; 7374 break; 7375 case 64: 7376 code = BFD_RELOC_64; 7377 break; 7378 default: 7379 goto fail; 7380 } 7381 7382 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); 7383 } 7384 7385 if (howto) 7386 areloc->howto = howto; 7387 else 7388 goto fail; 7389 } 7390 7391 return TRUE; 7392 7393 fail: 7394 (*_bfd_error_handler) 7395 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"), 7396 abfd, areloc->howto->name); 7397 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 7398 return FALSE; 7399 } 7400 7401 bfd_boolean 7402 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) 7403 { 7404 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) 7405 { 7406 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) 7407 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); 7408 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd); 7409 } 7410 7411 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); 7412 } 7413 7414 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY 7415 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity 7416 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing 7417 this reloc. */ 7418 7419 bfd_reloc_status_type 7420 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn 7421 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7422 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7423 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7424 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7425 { 7426 return bfd_reloc_ok; 7427 } 7428 7429 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native 7431 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the 7432 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick 7433 out details about the corefile. */ 7434 7435 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H 7436 # include <sys/procfs.h> 7437 #endif 7438 7439 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */ 7440 7441 static int 7442 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) 7443 { 7444 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16) 7445 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid)); 7446 } 7447 7448 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using 7449 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a 7450 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or 7451 overwrite it. */ 7452 7453 static bfd_boolean 7454 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) 7455 { 7456 asection *sect2; 7457 7458 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) 7459 return TRUE; 7460 7461 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags); 7462 if (sect2 == NULL) 7463 return FALSE; 7464 7465 sect2->size = sect->size; 7466 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; 7467 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; 7468 return TRUE; 7469 } 7470 7471 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This 7472 actually creates up to two pseudosections: 7473 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless 7474 such a section already exists. 7475 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where 7476 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). 7477 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ 7478 bfd_boolean 7479 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, 7480 char *name, 7481 size_t size, 7482 ufile_ptr filepos) 7483 { 7484 char buf[100]; 7485 char *threaded_name; 7486 size_t len; 7487 asection *sect; 7488 7489 /* Build the section name. */ 7490 7491 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); 7492 len = strlen (buf) + 1; 7493 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 7494 if (threaded_name == NULL) 7495 return FALSE; 7496 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); 7497 7498 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name, 7499 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 7500 if (sect == NULL) 7501 return FALSE; 7502 sect->size = size; 7503 sect->filepos = filepos; 7504 sect->alignment_power = 2; 7505 7506 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); 7507 } 7508 7509 /* prstatus_t exists on: 7510 solaris 2.5+ 7511 linux 2.[01] + glibc 7512 unixware 4.2 7513 */ 7514 7515 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) 7516 7517 static bfd_boolean 7518 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 7519 { 7520 size_t size; 7521 int offset; 7522 7523 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) 7524 { 7525 prstatus_t prstat; 7526 7527 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); 7528 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); 7529 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); 7530 7531 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it 7532 has already been set by another thread. */ 7533 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) 7534 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; 7535 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; 7536 7537 /* pr_who exists on: 7538 solaris 2.5+ 7539 unixware 4.2 7540 pr_who doesn't exist on: 7541 linux 2.[01] 7542 */ 7543 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) 7544 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; 7545 #endif 7546 } 7547 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) 7548 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) 7549 { 7550 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ 7551 prstatus32_t prstat; 7552 7553 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); 7554 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); 7555 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); 7556 7557 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it 7558 has already been set by another thread. */ 7559 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) 7560 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; 7561 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; 7562 7563 /* pr_who exists on: 7564 solaris 2.5+ 7565 unixware 4.2 7566 pr_who doesn't exist on: 7567 linux 2.[01] 7568 */ 7569 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) 7570 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; 7571 #endif 7572 } 7573 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ 7574 else 7575 { 7576 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other 7577 note size (ie. data object type). */ 7578 return TRUE; 7579 } 7580 7581 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ 7582 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", 7583 size, note->descpos + offset); 7584 } 7585 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ 7586 7587 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ 7588 static bfd_boolean 7589 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, 7590 char *name, 7591 Elf_Internal_Note *note) 7592 { 7593 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, 7594 note->descsz, note->descpos); 7595 } 7596 7597 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, 7598 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this 7599 data structure apart. */ 7600 7601 static bfd_boolean 7602 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 7603 { 7604 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); 7605 } 7606 7607 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note 7608 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents 7609 literally. */ 7610 7611 static bfd_boolean 7612 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 7613 { 7614 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); 7615 } 7616 7617 static bfd_boolean 7618 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 7619 { 7620 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note); 7621 } 7622 7623 static bfd_boolean 7624 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 7625 { 7626 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note); 7627 } 7628 7629 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) 7630 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; 7631 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ 7632 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; 7633 #endif 7634 #endif 7635 7636 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) 7637 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; 7638 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ 7639 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; 7640 #endif 7641 #endif 7642 7643 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at 7644 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. 7645 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ 7646 7647 char * 7648 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) 7649 { 7650 char *dups; 7651 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max); 7652 size_t len; 7653 7654 if (end == NULL) 7655 len = max; 7656 else 7657 len = end - start; 7658 7659 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); 7660 if (dups == NULL) 7661 return NULL; 7662 7663 memcpy (dups, start, len); 7664 dups[len] = '\0'; 7665 7666 return dups; 7667 } 7668 7669 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) 7670 static bfd_boolean 7671 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 7672 { 7673 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) 7674 { 7675 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; 7676 7677 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); 7678 7679 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program 7680 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, 7681 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); 7682 7683 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command 7684 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, 7685 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); 7686 } 7687 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) 7688 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) 7689 { 7690 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ 7691 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; 7692 7693 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); 7694 7695 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program 7696 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, 7697 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); 7698 7699 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command 7700 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, 7701 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); 7702 } 7703 #endif 7704 7705 else 7706 { 7707 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other 7708 note size (ie. data object type). */ 7709 return TRUE; 7710 } 7711 7712 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked 7713 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) 7714 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ 7715 7716 { 7717 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command; 7718 int n = strlen (command); 7719 7720 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') 7721 command[n - 1] = '\0'; 7722 } 7723 7724 return TRUE; 7725 } 7726 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ 7727 7728 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) 7729 static bfd_boolean 7730 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 7731 { 7732 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) 7733 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) 7734 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) 7735 #endif 7736 ) 7737 { 7738 pstatus_t pstat; 7739 7740 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); 7741 7742 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; 7743 } 7744 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) 7745 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) 7746 { 7747 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ 7748 pstatus32_t pstat; 7749 7750 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); 7751 7752 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; 7753 } 7754 #endif 7755 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" 7756 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an 7757 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ 7758 7759 return TRUE; 7760 } 7761 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ 7762 7763 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) 7764 static bfd_boolean 7765 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 7766 { 7767 lwpstatus_t lwpstat; 7768 char buf[100]; 7769 char *name; 7770 size_t len; 7771 asection *sect; 7772 7773 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) 7774 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) 7775 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) 7776 #endif 7777 ) 7778 return TRUE; 7779 7780 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); 7781 7782 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; 7783 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; 7784 7785 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ 7786 7787 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); 7788 len = strlen (buf) + 1; 7789 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 7790 if (name == NULL) 7791 return FALSE; 7792 memcpy (name, buf, len); 7793 7794 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 7795 if (sect == NULL) 7796 return FALSE; 7797 7798 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) 7799 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); 7800 sect->filepos = note->descpos 7801 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); 7802 #endif 7803 7804 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) 7805 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); 7806 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); 7807 #endif 7808 7809 sect->alignment_power = 2; 7810 7811 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) 7812 return FALSE; 7813 7814 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ 7815 7816 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); 7817 len = strlen (buf) + 1; 7818 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 7819 if (name == NULL) 7820 return FALSE; 7821 memcpy (name, buf, len); 7822 7823 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 7824 if (sect == NULL) 7825 return FALSE; 7826 7827 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) 7828 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); 7829 sect->filepos = note->descpos 7830 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); 7831 #endif 7832 7833 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) 7834 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); 7835 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); 7836 #endif 7837 7838 sect->alignment_power = 2; 7839 7840 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); 7841 } 7842 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ 7843 7844 static bfd_boolean 7845 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 7846 { 7847 char buf[30]; 7848 char *name; 7849 size_t len; 7850 asection *sect; 7851 int type; 7852 int is_active_thread; 7853 bfd_vma base_addr; 7854 7855 if (note->descsz < 728) 7856 return TRUE; 7857 7858 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32")) 7859 return TRUE; 7860 7861 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); 7862 7863 switch (type) 7864 { 7865 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */: 7866 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */ 7867 /* process_info.pid */ 7868 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); 7869 /* process_info.signal */ 7870 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); 7871 break; 7872 7873 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */: 7874 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ 7875 /* thread_info.tid */ 7876 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8)); 7877 7878 len = strlen (buf) + 1; 7879 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 7880 if (name == NULL) 7881 return FALSE; 7882 7883 memcpy (name, buf, len); 7884 7885 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 7886 if (sect == NULL) 7887 return FALSE; 7888 7889 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */ 7890 sect->size = 716; 7891 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */ 7892 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12; 7893 sect->alignment_power = 2; 7894 7895 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */ 7896 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); 7897 7898 if (is_active_thread) 7899 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) 7900 return FALSE; 7901 break; 7902 7903 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */: 7904 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ 7905 /* module_info.base_address */ 7906 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4); 7907 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr); 7908 7909 len = strlen (buf) + 1; 7910 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 7911 if (name == NULL) 7912 return FALSE; 7913 7914 memcpy (name, buf, len); 7915 7916 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 7917 7918 if (sect == NULL) 7919 return FALSE; 7920 7921 sect->size = note->descsz; 7922 sect->filepos = note->descpos; 7923 sect->alignment_power = 2; 7924 break; 7925 7926 default: 7927 return TRUE; 7928 } 7929 7930 return TRUE; 7931 } 7932 7933 static bfd_boolean 7934 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 7935 { 7936 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 7937 7938 switch (note->type) 7939 { 7940 default: 7941 return TRUE; 7942 7943 case NT_PRSTATUS: 7944 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) 7945 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) 7946 return TRUE; 7947 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) 7948 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); 7949 #else 7950 return TRUE; 7951 #endif 7952 7953 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) 7954 case NT_PSTATUS: 7955 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); 7956 #endif 7957 7958 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) 7959 case NT_LWPSTATUS: 7960 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); 7961 #endif 7962 7963 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ 7964 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); 7965 7966 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: 7967 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); 7968 7969 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ 7970 if (note->namesz == 6 7971 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 7972 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); 7973 else 7974 return TRUE; 7975 7976 case NT_PPC_VMX: 7977 if (note->namesz == 6 7978 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 7979 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note); 7980 else 7981 return TRUE; 7982 7983 case NT_PPC_VSX: 7984 if (note->namesz == 6 7985 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) 7986 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note); 7987 else 7988 return TRUE; 7989 7990 case NT_PRPSINFO: 7991 case NT_PSINFO: 7992 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) 7993 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) 7994 return TRUE; 7995 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) 7996 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); 7997 #else 7998 return TRUE; 7999 #endif 8000 8001 case NT_AUXV: 8002 { 8003 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", 8004 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8005 8006 if (sect == NULL) 8007 return FALSE; 8008 sect->size = note->descsz; 8009 sect->filepos = note->descpos; 8010 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; 8011 8012 return TRUE; 8013 } 8014 } 8015 } 8016 8017 static bfd_boolean 8018 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8019 { 8020 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz; 8021 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz); 8022 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL) 8023 return FALSE; 8024 8025 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz); 8026 8027 return TRUE; 8028 } 8029 8030 static bfd_boolean 8031 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8032 { 8033 switch (note->type) 8034 { 8035 default: 8036 return TRUE; 8037 8038 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID: 8039 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note); 8040 } 8041 } 8042 8043 static bfd_boolean 8044 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) 8045 { 8046 char *cp; 8047 8048 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); 8049 if (cp != NULL) 8050 { 8051 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); 8052 return TRUE; 8053 } 8054 return FALSE; 8055 } 8056 8057 static bfd_boolean 8058 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8059 { 8060 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ 8061 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal 8062 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); 8063 8064 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ 8065 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid 8066 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50); 8067 8068 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ 8069 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command 8070 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); 8071 8072 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", 8073 note); 8074 } 8075 8076 static bfd_boolean 8077 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8078 { 8079 int lwp; 8080 8081 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) 8082 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp; 8083 8084 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO) 8085 { 8086 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to 8087 find this note before any of the others, which is fine, 8088 since the kernel writes this note out first when it 8089 creates a core file. */ 8090 8091 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); 8092 } 8093 8094 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes 8095 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less 8096 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't 8097 understand it. */ 8098 8099 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH) 8100 return TRUE; 8101 8102 8103 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) 8104 { 8105 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and 8106 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ 8107 8108 case bfd_arch_alpha: 8109 case bfd_arch_sparc: 8110 switch (note->type) 8111 { 8112 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0: 8113 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); 8114 8115 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2: 8116 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); 8117 8118 default: 8119 return TRUE; 8120 } 8121 8122 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and 8123 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ 8124 8125 default: 8126 switch (note->type) 8127 { 8128 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1: 8129 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); 8130 8131 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: 8132 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); 8133 8134 default: 8135 return TRUE; 8136 } 8137 } 8138 /* NOTREACHED */ 8139 } 8140 8141 static bfd_boolean 8142 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid) 8143 { 8144 void *ddata = note->descdata; 8145 char buf[100]; 8146 char *name; 8147 asection *sect; 8148 short sig; 8149 unsigned flags; 8150 8151 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ 8152 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata); 8153 8154 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ 8155 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4); 8156 8157 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ 8158 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8); 8159 8160 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ 8161 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0) 8162 { 8163 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig; 8164 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid; 8165 } 8166 8167 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores 8168 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current 8169 thread just in case. */ 8170 if (flags & 0x00000080) 8171 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid; 8172 8173 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ 8174 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid); 8175 8176 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); 8177 if (name == NULL) 8178 return FALSE; 8179 strcpy (name, buf); 8180 8181 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8182 if (sect == NULL) 8183 return FALSE; 8184 8185 sect->size = note->descsz; 8186 sect->filepos = note->descpos; 8187 sect->alignment_power = 2; 8188 8189 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); 8190 } 8191 8192 static bfd_boolean 8193 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd, 8194 Elf_Internal_Note *note, 8195 long tid, 8196 char *base) 8197 { 8198 char buf[100]; 8199 char *name; 8200 asection *sect; 8201 8202 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */ 8203 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid); 8204 8205 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); 8206 if (name == NULL) 8207 return FALSE; 8208 strcpy (name, buf); 8209 8210 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8211 if (sect == NULL) 8212 return FALSE; 8213 8214 sect->size = note->descsz; 8215 sect->filepos = note->descpos; 8216 sect->alignment_power = 2; 8217 8218 /* This is the current thread. */ 8219 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid) 8220 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect); 8221 8222 return TRUE; 8223 } 8224 8225 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7 8226 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8 8227 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9 8228 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10 8229 8230 static bfd_boolean 8231 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8232 { 8233 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the 8234 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs 8235 function. */ 8236 static long tid = 1; 8237 8238 switch (note->type) 8239 { 8240 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO: 8241 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); 8242 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS: 8243 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); 8244 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG: 8245 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg"); 8246 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG: 8247 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2"); 8248 default: 8249 return TRUE; 8250 } 8251 } 8252 8253 static bfd_boolean 8254 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 8255 { 8256 char *name; 8257 asection *sect; 8258 size_t len; 8259 8260 /* Use note name as section name. */ 8261 len = note->namesz; 8262 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); 8263 if (name == NULL) 8264 return FALSE; 8265 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len); 8266 name[len - 1] = '\0'; 8267 8268 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 8269 if (sect == NULL) 8270 return FALSE; 8271 8272 sect->size = note->descsz; 8273 sect->filepos = note->descpos; 8274 sect->alignment_power = 1; 8275 8276 return TRUE; 8277 } 8278 8279 /* Function: elfcore_write_note 8280 8281 Inputs: 8282 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer 8283 name of note 8284 type of note 8285 data for note 8286 size of data for note 8287 8288 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as 8289 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying 8290 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have 8291 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same. 8292 8293 Return: 8294 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */ 8295 8296 char * 8297 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, 8298 char *buf, 8299 int *bufsiz, 8300 const char *name, 8301 int type, 8302 const void *input, 8303 int size) 8304 { 8305 Elf_External_Note *xnp; 8306 size_t namesz; 8307 size_t newspace; 8308 char *dest; 8309 8310 namesz = 0; 8311 if (name != NULL) 8312 namesz = strlen (name) + 1; 8313 8314 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4); 8315 8316 buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); 8317 if (buf == NULL) 8318 return buf; 8319 dest = buf + *bufsiz; 8320 *bufsiz += newspace; 8321 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; 8322 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz); 8323 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz); 8324 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type); 8325 dest = xnp->name; 8326 if (name != NULL) 8327 { 8328 memcpy (dest, name, namesz); 8329 dest += namesz; 8330 while (namesz & 3) 8331 { 8332 *dest++ = '\0'; 8333 ++namesz; 8334 } 8335 } 8336 memcpy (dest, input, size); 8337 dest += size; 8338 while (size & 3) 8339 { 8340 *dest++ = '\0'; 8341 ++size; 8342 } 8343 return buf; 8344 } 8345 8346 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) 8347 char * 8348 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, 8349 char *buf, 8350 int *bufsiz, 8351 const char *fname, 8352 const char *psargs) 8353 { 8354 const char *note_name = "CORE"; 8355 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 8356 8357 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) 8358 { 8359 char *ret; 8360 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 8361 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs); 8362 if (ret != NULL) 8363 return ret; 8364 } 8365 8366 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) 8367 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) 8368 { 8369 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) 8370 psinfo32_t data; 8371 int note_type = NT_PSINFO; 8372 #else 8373 prpsinfo32_t data; 8374 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; 8375 #endif 8376 8377 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); 8378 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); 8379 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); 8380 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 8381 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); 8382 } 8383 else 8384 #endif 8385 { 8386 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) 8387 psinfo_t data; 8388 int note_type = NT_PSINFO; 8389 #else 8390 prpsinfo_t data; 8391 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; 8392 #endif 8393 8394 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); 8395 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); 8396 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); 8397 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 8398 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); 8399 } 8400 } 8401 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ 8402 8403 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) 8404 char * 8405 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, 8406 char *buf, 8407 int *bufsiz, 8408 long pid, 8409 int cursig, 8410 const void *gregs) 8411 { 8412 const char *note_name = "CORE"; 8413 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 8414 8415 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) 8416 { 8417 char *ret; 8418 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 8419 NT_PRSTATUS, 8420 pid, cursig, gregs); 8421 if (ret != NULL) 8422 return ret; 8423 } 8424 8425 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) 8426 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) 8427 { 8428 prstatus32_t prstat; 8429 8430 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); 8431 prstat.pr_pid = pid; 8432 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; 8433 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); 8434 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, 8435 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); 8436 } 8437 else 8438 #endif 8439 { 8440 prstatus_t prstat; 8441 8442 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); 8443 prstat.pr_pid = pid; 8444 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; 8445 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); 8446 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, 8447 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); 8448 } 8449 } 8450 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ 8451 8452 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) 8453 char * 8454 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, 8455 char *buf, 8456 int *bufsiz, 8457 long pid, 8458 int cursig, 8459 const void *gregs) 8460 { 8461 lwpstatus_t lwpstat; 8462 const char *note_name = "CORE"; 8463 8464 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); 8465 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; 8466 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; 8467 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) 8468 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); 8469 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) 8470 #if !defined(gregs) 8471 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, 8472 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); 8473 #else 8474 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, 8475 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); 8476 #endif 8477 #endif 8478 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, 8479 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); 8480 } 8481 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ 8482 8483 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) 8484 char * 8485 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, 8486 char *buf, 8487 int *bufsiz, 8488 long pid, 8489 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 8490 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8491 { 8492 const char *note_name = "CORE"; 8493 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) 8494 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 8495 8496 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) 8497 { 8498 pstatus32_t pstat; 8499 8500 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); 8501 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; 8502 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, 8503 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); 8504 return buf; 8505 } 8506 else 8507 #endif 8508 { 8509 pstatus_t pstat; 8510 8511 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); 8512 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; 8513 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, 8514 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); 8515 return buf; 8516 } 8517 } 8518 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ 8519 8520 char * 8521 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, 8522 char *buf, 8523 int *bufsiz, 8524 const void *fpregs, 8525 int size) 8526 { 8527 const char *note_name = "CORE"; 8528 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 8529 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size); 8530 } 8531 8532 char * 8533 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, 8534 char *buf, 8535 int *bufsiz, 8536 const void *xfpregs, 8537 int size) 8538 { 8539 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 8540 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 8541 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size); 8542 } 8543 8544 char * 8545 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, 8546 char *buf, 8547 int *bufsiz, 8548 const void *ppc_vmx, 8549 int size) 8550 { 8551 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 8552 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 8553 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size); 8554 } 8555 8556 char * 8557 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, 8558 char *buf, 8559 int *bufsiz, 8560 const void *ppc_vsx, 8561 int size) 8562 { 8563 char *note_name = "LINUX"; 8564 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 8565 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size); 8566 } 8567 8568 char * 8569 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd, 8570 char *buf, 8571 int *bufsiz, 8572 const char *section, 8573 const void *data, 8574 int size) 8575 { 8576 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0) 8577 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 8578 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0) 8579 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 8580 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0) 8581 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 8582 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0) 8583 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); 8584 return NULL; 8585 } 8586 8587 static bfd_boolean 8588 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset) 8589 { 8590 char *p; 8591 8592 p = buf; 8593 while (p < buf + size) 8594 { 8595 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ 8596 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; 8597 Elf_Internal_Note in; 8598 8599 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size) 8600 return FALSE; 8601 8602 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); 8603 8604 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); 8605 in.namedata = xnp->name; 8606 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size) 8607 return FALSE; 8608 8609 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); 8610 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4); 8611 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); 8612 if (in.descsz != 0 8613 && (in.descdata >= buf + size 8614 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size)) 8615 return FALSE; 8616 8617 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) 8618 { 8619 default: 8620 return TRUE; 8621 8622 case bfd_core: 8623 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE")) 8624 { 8625 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in)) 8626 return FALSE; 8627 } 8628 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX")) 8629 { 8630 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in)) 8631 return FALSE; 8632 } 8633 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/")) 8634 { 8635 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in)) 8636 return FALSE; 8637 } 8638 else 8639 { 8640 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) 8641 return FALSE; 8642 } 8643 break; 8644 8645 case bfd_object: 8646 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0) 8647 { 8648 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in)) 8649 return FALSE; 8650 } 8651 break; 8652 } 8653 8654 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4); 8655 } 8656 8657 return TRUE; 8658 } 8659 8660 static bfd_boolean 8661 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) 8662 { 8663 char *buf; 8664 8665 if (size <= 0) 8666 return TRUE; 8667 8668 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) 8669 return FALSE; 8670 8671 buf = bfd_malloc (size); 8672 if (buf == NULL) 8673 return FALSE; 8674 8675 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size 8676 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset)) 8677 { 8678 free (buf); 8679 return FALSE; 8680 } 8681 8682 free (buf); 8683 return TRUE; 8684 } 8685 8686 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ 8688 8689 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a 8690 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error 8691 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ 8692 8693 long 8694 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) 8695 { 8696 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 8697 { 8698 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); 8699 return -1; 8700 } 8701 8702 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); 8703 } 8704 8705 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries 8706 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as 8707 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the 8708 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. 8709 8710 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an 8711 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ 8712 8713 int 8714 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) 8715 { 8716 int num_phdrs; 8717 8718 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 8719 { 8720 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); 8721 return -1; 8722 } 8723 8724 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; 8725 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, 8726 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); 8727 8728 return num_phdrs; 8729 } 8730 8731 enum elf_reloc_type_class 8732 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8733 { 8734 return reloc_class_normal; 8735 } 8736 8737 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a 8738 relocation against a local symbol. */ 8739 8740 bfd_vma 8741 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, 8742 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 8743 asection **psec, 8744 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 8745 { 8746 asection *sec = *psec; 8747 bfd_vma relocation; 8748 8749 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma 8750 + sec->output_offset 8751 + sym->st_value); 8752 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) 8753 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION 8754 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) 8755 { 8756 rel->r_addend = 8757 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, 8758 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, 8759 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend); 8760 if (sec != *psec) 8761 { 8762 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is 8763 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original 8764 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some 8765 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave 8766 some info around for --emit-relocs. */ 8767 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) 8768 sec->kept_section = *psec; 8769 sec = *psec; 8770 } 8771 rel->r_addend -= relocation; 8772 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; 8773 } 8774 return relocation; 8775 } 8776 8777 bfd_vma 8778 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, 8779 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 8780 asection **psec, 8781 bfd_vma addend) 8782 { 8783 asection *sec = *psec; 8784 8785 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) 8786 return sym->st_value + addend; 8787 8788 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, 8789 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, 8790 sym->st_value + addend); 8791 } 8792 8793 bfd_vma 8794 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, 8795 struct bfd_link_info *info, 8796 asection *sec, 8797 bfd_vma offset) 8798 { 8799 switch (sec->sec_info_type) 8800 { 8801 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS: 8802 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, 8803 offset); 8804 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME: 8805 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset); 8806 default: 8807 return offset; 8808 } 8809 } 8810 8811 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, 8813 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory 8814 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it 8815 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference 8816 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the 8817 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. 8818 8819 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the 8820 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it 8821 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must 8822 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in 8823 the remote memory. */ 8824 8825 bfd * 8826 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory 8827 (bfd *templ, 8828 bfd_vma ehdr_vma, 8829 bfd_vma *loadbasep, 8830 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int)) 8831 { 8832 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) 8833 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory); 8834 } 8835 8836 long 8838 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, 8839 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 8840 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 8841 long dynsymcount, 8842 asymbol **dynsyms, 8843 asymbol **ret) 8844 { 8845 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 8846 asection *relplt; 8847 asymbol *s; 8848 const char *relplt_name; 8849 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); 8850 arelent *p; 8851 long count, i, n; 8852 size_t size; 8853 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; 8854 char *names; 8855 asection *plt; 8856 8857 *ret = NULL; 8858 8859 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) 8860 return 0; 8861 8862 if (dynsymcount <= 0) 8863 return 0; 8864 8865 if (!bed->plt_sym_val) 8866 return 0; 8867 8868 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name; 8869 if (relplt_name == NULL) 8870 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"; 8871 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name); 8872 if (relplt == NULL) 8873 return 0; 8874 8875 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; 8876 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) 8877 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA)) 8878 return 0; 8879 8880 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); 8881 if (plt == NULL) 8882 return 0; 8883 8884 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; 8885 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) 8886 return -1; 8887 8888 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; 8889 size = count * sizeof (asymbol); 8890 p = relplt->relocation; 8891 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) 8892 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); 8893 8894 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); 8895 if (s == NULL) 8896 return -1; 8897 8898 names = (char *) (s + count); 8899 p = relplt->relocation; 8900 n = 0; 8901 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) 8902 { 8903 size_t len; 8904 bfd_vma addr; 8905 8906 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p); 8907 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1) 8908 continue; 8909 8910 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; 8911 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since 8912 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ 8913 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) 8914 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 8915 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; 8916 s->section = plt; 8917 s->value = addr - plt->vma; 8918 s->name = names; 8919 s->udata.p = NULL; 8920 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); 8921 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); 8922 names += len; 8923 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); 8924 names += sizeof ("@plt"); 8925 ++s, ++n; 8926 } 8927 8928 return n; 8929 } 8930 8931 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */ 8932 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section 8933 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, 8934 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0); 8935 8936 void 8937 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd, 8938 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8939 { 8940 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */ 8941 8942 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); 8943 8944 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi; 8945 } 8946 8947 8948 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions. 8949 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for 8950 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */ 8951 8952 bfd_boolean 8953 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type) 8954 { 8955 return (type == STT_FUNC); 8956 } 8957
Indexes created Sat Mar 21 00:23:06 UTC 2026